operations manual standard operative procedure - Aeroporto di ...
operations manual standard operative procedure - Aeroporto di ...
operations manual standard operative procedure - Aeroporto di ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 1 of 165<br />
OPERATIONS MANUAL<br />
Part 1A<br />
STANDARD OPERATIVE PROCEDURE<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 2 of 165<br />
Standard Operative Procedure (SOP)<br />
Main table of contents<br />
1 General <strong>standard</strong>s....................................................................................................................7<br />
1.1 - Definitions ....................................................................................................................7<br />
1.1.1 – Acquisition of company <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s.......................................................8<br />
1.1.1.1 – Hard copies of <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s..................................................................8<br />
1.1.1.2 – Operations <strong>manual</strong>s in electronic format .........................................................8<br />
2 HANDLING PROCEDURES – Standard Operating Procedures ..........................................9<br />
2.1 – Passenger Assistance Area – Departing Passenger Process ........................................9<br />
2.1.1 – Check-in area .......................................................................................................9<br />
2.1.1.1 – Passenger check-in...........................................................................................9<br />
2.1.1.2 – Revenue passenger check-in..........................................................................13<br />
2.1.1.3 – Industry <strong>di</strong>scount passenger check-in ............................................................13<br />
2.1.1.4 Special assistance check-in...............................................................................14<br />
2.1.1.5 – Passenger boar<strong>di</strong>ng and security....................................................................18<br />
2.1.1.6 – Passenger area messaging..............................................................................19<br />
2.1.1.7 – Special passenger area services .....................................................................21<br />
2.1.1.8 – Passenger area irregularities ..........................................................................22<br />
2.1.1.9 – Check-in. Special <strong>procedure</strong>s ........................................................................26<br />
2.1.2 - Arriving Passenger Process ................................................................................27<br />
2.1.2.1 -General ............................................................................................................27<br />
2.1.2.2 – Passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkation..............................................................................27<br />
2.1.2.3 - Moving Pax who require special assistance. PSM .........................................27<br />
2.1.2.4 – Direct transit passengers (Transit Passengers)...............................................28<br />
2.1.2.5 – In<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers (Transfer Passengers)..........................................29<br />
2.1.3 – Baggage service .................................................................................................29<br />
2.1.3.1 -General ............................................................................................................29<br />
2.1.3.2 – Checked baggage ...........................................................................................30<br />
2.1.3.3 – Unchecked baggage .......................................................................................30<br />
2.1.3.4 - Mishandled baggage.......................................................................................30<br />
2.1.3.5 - Transfer baggage ............................................................................................31<br />
2.1.3.6 - Crew baggage .................................................................................................31<br />
2.1.3.7 – DAA baggage (Delivery At Aircraft) ............................................................31<br />
– Aircraft Support Area – Standard Operating Procedures ......................................................33<br />
2.1.4 Procedure in the case of <strong>di</strong>versions from other airports .......................................33<br />
2.1.5 - Matrix and movement management ...................................................................33<br />
2.1.6 - Data management of the day flight ....................................................................33<br />
2.1.7 – Balancing the day flight.....................................................................................34<br />
2.1.7.1 – Pre-balancing data control (JAA, JAR-OPS Subpart J) ................................34<br />
2.1.7.2 - Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions (LIS) .............................................................................36<br />
2.1.7.3 - Loadsheet (LDS) ............................................................................................37<br />
2.1.7.4 - Messaging.......................................................................................................38<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 3 of 165<br />
– Single Carrier Declaration. Load and print all fiscal data regar<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft<br />
(configuration, maximum weight at take-off), the flight (airport of arrival, transit or<br />
destination) and the load (passengers, baggage, cargo and mail) that is entered in the<br />
airport DCS in order to prepare and print the Single Carrier Declaration and the Airport<br />
log. ....................................................................................................................................39<br />
2.1.7.5 Stand management............................................................................................39<br />
2.1.7.6 Agreement between <strong>Aeroporto</strong> Di Genova S.p.A. and Enav S.p.A. – C.A.A.V.<br />
Genova, finalised to ensure the orderly movement of aircraft, other vehicles and<br />
personnel on the aircraft parking apron. ...........................................................................39<br />
2.1.8 -– Ramp – Standard Operating Procedures...........................................................39<br />
2.1.8.1 - Aircraft Marshalling (Aircraft Moving) .........................................................39<br />
2.1.8.2 Aircraft parking (Aircraft Stopped) ..................................................................60<br />
2.1.8.3 – Ramp communications to the flight deck ......................................................60<br />
2.1.8.4 – Flight preparation. Messaging and documentation........................................61<br />
2.1.8.5 Crew information..............................................................................................61<br />
2.1.8.6 - Load Control...................................................................................................62<br />
2.1.8.7 Disembarkation control.....................................................................................62<br />
2.1.8.8 – Departing cargo and mail control ..................................................................63<br />
2.1.8.9 Supervision of performed services ...................................................................63<br />
2.1.8.10 Load supervision and control........................................................................64<br />
2.1.8.11 – Passenger embarkation supervision and control........................................65<br />
2.1.8.12 Final loa<strong>di</strong>ng data coherency checks. Last minute change...........................65<br />
2.1.8.13 – Starting and walkaround inspection <strong>operations</strong> .........................................66<br />
2.1.8.14 - Marshalling for departing flights................................................................67<br />
2.1.8.15 – Other ramp functions .................................................................................68<br />
2.1.8.16 - De/anti-icing operation coor<strong>di</strong>nation..........................................................68<br />
2.1.8.17 - Engine test ..................................................................................................69<br />
2.1.8.18 – Document collection and filing..................................................................69<br />
2.1.8.19 General Aviation...........................................................................................70<br />
2.2 Ramp Area – Apron – Standard Operating Procedures................................................71<br />
2.2.1 Operative safety <strong>standard</strong>s while provi<strong>di</strong>ng aircraft support ................................71<br />
2.3.1- Flight preparation. Vehicles and equipment...............................................................82<br />
2.2.2 Flight arrival .........................................................................................................82<br />
2.2.2.1 Vehicle and equipment positioning ..................................................................82<br />
2.3.2.2- Chock positioning................................................................................................86<br />
2.3.2.3- Opening and closing the passenger cabin doors..................................................88<br />
2.3.2.4- Opening and closing the cargo doors ..................................................................88<br />
2.3.2.5- Procedure in the case of strong wind...................................................................89<br />
2.2.3 Flight transit and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s ..................................................90<br />
Passenger and crew <strong>di</strong>sembarkation/embarkation ............................................................90<br />
2.2.3.1 General aircraft unloa<strong>di</strong>ng rules .......................................................................92<br />
2.2.3.2 General aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng rules ...........................................................................93<br />
2.2.3.3 Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng bulk cargo ...................................................................96<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng containerised baggage and cargo........................................................................97<br />
2.2.3.4 Extraor<strong>di</strong>nary loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s.....................................................................98<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 4 of 165<br />
2.2.3.5 Tipping prevention <strong>procedure</strong>s .........................................................................98<br />
2.2.3.6 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng “special” baggage..............................99<br />
2.2.3.7 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng special cargo....................................102<br />
2.2.3.8 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous goods - DGR..................107<br />
2.2.3.9 Ramp equipment and vehicles ........................................................................110<br />
2.2.3.10 Toilet draining and supplying service.........................................................113<br />
2.2.3.11 Potable water supply service; .....................................................................113<br />
2.2.3.12 Ballast service .............................................................................................115<br />
2.2.3.13 External cockpit windshield cleaning service.............................................115<br />
2.2.3.14 Aircraft cleaning service.............................................................................115<br />
2.2.4 Flight departure...................................................................................................117<br />
2.2.4.1 Vehicle and equipment removal .....................................................................117<br />
2.2.4.2 Push back & Towing.......................................................................................117<br />
2.2.5 Special <strong>procedure</strong>s ..............................................................................................118<br />
2.2.5.1 De-icing & Anti-icing.....................................................................................118<br />
2.2.5.2 Fuelling with passengers on board..................................................................118<br />
2.2.5.3 Other apron area functions..............................................................................119<br />
2.2.6 Aircraft damage ..................................................................................................120<br />
2.2.6.1 Damage caused by ground equipment ............................................................120<br />
Possible causes of aircraft damage can be:.....................................................................120<br />
2.2.6.2 Damage caused during support <strong>operations</strong> .....................................................120<br />
2.2.6.3 Damage caused by liquid leakage...................................................................121<br />
2.2.6.4 Damage to aircraft and ground loa<strong>di</strong>ng equipment.........................................121<br />
2.2.6.5 Aircraft damage caused by FOD – Foreign Object Debris.............................121<br />
2.3 CARGO AREA – STANDARD OPERATIVE PROCEDURES...............................123<br />
2.3.1 Cargo offices and warehouse..............................................................................123<br />
2.3.1.1 Cargo offices and warehouse. General ...........................................................123<br />
2.3.1.2 Cargo warehouse customs requirements.........................................................124<br />
2.3.1.3 Cargo warehouse security requirements .........................................................124<br />
2.3.1.4 Cargo EDP (Electronic Data Processing) System ..........................................124<br />
2.3.1.5 Handling of <strong>di</strong>screpancies and lost & found cargo.........................................124<br />
2.3.1.6 Handling of damaged cargo............................................................................125<br />
2.3.1.7 Handling of pilfered cargo..............................................................................125<br />
2.3.1.8 Handling of reforwar<strong>di</strong>ng cargo .....................................................................125<br />
2.3.1.9 Destruction of damaged cargo ........................................................................126<br />
2.3.1.10 Handling of ULD. Stock storage and control .............................................126<br />
2.3.1.11 General cargo storage requirements............................................................126<br />
2.3.1.12 Storage requirements for special and/or dangerous goods DGR................126<br />
2.3.2 Export Cargo.......................................................................................................129<br />
2.3.2.1 Tasks and responsibilities of the cargo area ...................................................129<br />
2.3.2.2 Checking-in cargo departing on a flight .........................................................130<br />
2.3.2.3 Preparing cargo for loa<strong>di</strong>ng ............................................................................131<br />
2.3.2.4 Tagging the load units (ULDs) .......................................................................133<br />
2.3.2.5 Return to the warehouse .................................................................................133<br />
2.3.2.6 Transmission of cargo information.................................................................134<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 5 of 165<br />
2.3.2.7 Storing and handling dangerous goods...........................................................134<br />
2.3.2.8 Storage and handling of live animals..............................................................139<br />
2.3.2.9 Storing and handling special goods ................................................................141<br />
Customs inspection of departing cargo...........................................................................145<br />
2.4.3-Transfer cargo............................................................................................................146<br />
2.4.4- Import Cargo ............................................................................................................146<br />
2.3.2.10 Tasks and responsibilities of the Cargo Area .............................................146<br />
2.3.2.11 Handling and management of import cargo via ground .............................147<br />
2.3.2.12 Controlling the import cargo with the Air Waybill and cargo manifest.....147<br />
2.3.2.13 Customs inspection of arriving cargo .........................................................148<br />
3 Annex A PROCEDURE IN THE CASE OF DIVERSIONS FROM OTHER AIRPORTS<br />
150<br />
Annex B STAND MANAGEMENT........................................................................................151<br />
4 Annex C ..............................................................................................................................151<br />
5 AGREEMENT BETWEEN AEROPORTO DI GENOVA S.p.A. and ENAV S.p.A.<br />
C.A.A.V. Genova, finalised to ensure the orderly movement of aircraft, other vehicles and<br />
personnel on the aircraft apron. ..................................................................................................151<br />
1. Introduction.........................................................................................................................152<br />
2. DATE OF APPLICATION ................................................................................................152<br />
3. GLOSSARY .......................................................................................................................152<br />
4. AREA OF APPLICATION ................................................................................................153<br />
5. GENERAL INFORMATION.............................................................................................153<br />
6. IDENTIFICATION OF AREAS, PATHS AND REFERENCE POINTS AIP AD 2-21.7155<br />
6.1 Apron and manoeuvring area delimitation ...................................................................155<br />
6.2 Aircraft parking areas (Stands) .....................................................................................155<br />
6.3 Service vehicle road network........................................................................................155<br />
6.4 Aircraft guides on the APRON TAXI-LANES and their characteristics .....................156<br />
6.5 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “N” ...............................................................................157<br />
6.6 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “M”...............................................................................157<br />
6.7 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “P” ................................................................................157<br />
6.8 Using TAXI-WAYS AE, AF, G...................................................................................157<br />
6.9 Entering the apron.........................................................................................................157<br />
6.10 Exiting the apron.........................................................................................................157<br />
7. OPERATIVE PROCEDURES ...........................................................................................158<br />
7.1 Procedure for arriving aircraft ......................................................................................158<br />
7.2 Procedure for departing aircraft....................................................................................159<br />
8. STAND COMPATIBILITY AND PUSH-BACK OPERATIONS....................................160<br />
8.1 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position N1 .................................................................................160<br />
8.2 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position M1 – M2 .......................................................................160<br />
8.3 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position M3.................................................................................160<br />
9. PROCEDURE FOR HELICOPTERS ................................................................................161<br />
9.1 Upon arrival ..................................................................................................................161<br />
9.2 Upon departure .................................................................................................................161<br />
10. ENGINE TEST PROCEDURE ........................................................................................162<br />
11. GYROCOMPASS PROCEDURE....................................................................................162<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 6 of 165<br />
Annex D ENGINE TEST .........................................................................................................163<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 7 of 165<br />
1 General <strong>standard</strong>s<br />
This “Standard Operative Procedure” <strong>manual</strong> contains the <strong>procedure</strong>s, <strong>standard</strong>s and rules that<br />
are inherent to the support services that the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.A. (hereafter AGS)<br />
provides for the following airport activities:<br />
(1) Passenger and Baggage Support, subsequently defined Passenger Area;<br />
(2) Documentation and Load Control Support, subsequently defined Ramp Area;<br />
(3) Loa<strong>di</strong>ng/Unloa<strong>di</strong>ng Support and Ramp Equipment, subsequently defined Apron Area;<br />
(4) Cargo and Mail Support, subsequently defined Cargo Area<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong>s specified here represent all <strong>standard</strong> support services that AGS offers to its<br />
customers as well as the <strong>standard</strong>s and regulations that reflect what has been issued and foreseen<br />
by European and national governmental and institutional organisations regar<strong>di</strong>ng support and<br />
safety issues.<br />
All <strong>operative</strong> personnel, each with regard to their own tasks and jobs, are informed of the<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s and instructions specified in this document.<br />
1.1 - Definitions<br />
The subsequently defined ground support services are provided by AGS accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the rules<br />
and <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen by current international, European and national regulations, both with<br />
regard to the service levels and <strong>standard</strong>s as well as to worker and aircraft safety.<br />
Ground support services refer to the services provided to the aircraft as well as the crews,<br />
passengers, baggage, cargo and mail transported by the Carrier accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is specified by<br />
European Directive 96/67/EC.<br />
AGS carries out the above defined support services in compliance with its own <strong>procedure</strong>s and<br />
with the <strong>standard</strong>s contracted and established with the in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carriers through the drawing<br />
up and approval of:<br />
(1) Standard Ground Handling Agreement;<br />
(a) Annex A – Ground Handling Services<br />
(b) Annex B – Location(s), Agreed Services and Charges;<br />
(2) Local Service Level Agreement<br />
as foreseen by IATA regulations and the in<strong>di</strong>vidual contracts entered into between AGS and the<br />
Carrier.<br />
Specifically, these documents regulate each <strong>standard</strong> service and each ad<strong>di</strong>tional service or<br />
service that is <strong>di</strong>fferent than what is foreseen by the <strong>standard</strong>, as foreseen by IATA.<br />
AGS carries out all support services and <strong>operations</strong>, such as for example loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
aircraft, controlling the load, issuing documents and loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous goods accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what<br />
has been foreseen and specified by the Carrier’s instructions.<br />
If instructions have not been provided by the Carrier, AGS follows its own service <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
and <strong>standard</strong>s.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 8 of 165<br />
The documents and printouts used for the above defined support services are those prepared by<br />
AGS, under the con<strong>di</strong>tion that they reflect IATA <strong>standard</strong>s or those supplied by the Carrier,<br />
under the con<strong>di</strong>tion that they receive AGS approval.<br />
1.1.1 – Acquisition of company <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s<br />
AGS acquires, keeps and updates the <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s for the air carriers it supports based on<br />
the stipulated contracts.<br />
The Operation Manuals or other technical-operational <strong>manual</strong>s supplied by the Carrier (ex.<br />
Ground Operation Manual and/or Aircraft Handling Manual) are requested in the Carrier<br />
support contract, who is obliged to provide AGS with this documentation and with all updates,<br />
mo<strong>di</strong>fications or changes made to the Operation Manuals themselves.<br />
The Carrier <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s, as well as all subsequent updates and/or mo<strong>di</strong>fications, shall be<br />
sent, or in any case provided to AGS, who will then <strong>di</strong>stribute them internally.<br />
AGS shall acquire, keep, update and <strong>di</strong>stribute all <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carrier<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the methods described below:<br />
1.1.1.1 – Hard copies of <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s<br />
Operations <strong>manual</strong>s and the relative updates acquired by the Carrier in a hard copy form must be<br />
sent to the Operations Department Support Office, which will <strong>di</strong>stribute them to the various<br />
Operations Managers (Passengers-Ramp-Cargo-CSS) who, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to their areas of<br />
responsibility, shall use them for information/<strong>di</strong>stribution purposes and keep the <strong>manual</strong>s<br />
available for consultation by all staff members.<br />
1.1.1.2 – Operations <strong>manual</strong>s in electronic format<br />
Operations <strong>manual</strong>s and the relative updates acquired by the Carrier in an electronic form<br />
(CD/ROM <strong>di</strong>sk), sent via e-mail or available on the Carrier’s website (with restricted access)<br />
must be sent to the Operations Department Support Office, which will <strong>di</strong>stribute them to the<br />
various Operations Managers (Passengers-Ramp-Cargo-CSS) who, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to their areas of<br />
responsibility, shall use them for information/<strong>di</strong>stribution purposes and keep the <strong>manual</strong>s<br />
available for consultation by all staff members.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 9 of 165<br />
2 HANDLING PROCEDURES – Standard Operating Procedures<br />
2.1 – Passenger Assistance Area – Departing Passenger Process<br />
(a) General<br />
The purpose of the Passenger Assistance Area process is to provide assistance to passengers<br />
from the moment they arrive at the airport until boar<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
The operating <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for the Check-in Area process are:<br />
(1) Departing Passenger Process<br />
(2) Arriving Passenger Process<br />
(3) Lost Baggage Support Process (Lost & Found)<br />
The support services and <strong>procedure</strong>s described here that are carried out by AGS within the scope<br />
of the Passenger Assistance Area pertinent to Passenger and Baggage Support upon arrival, in<br />
transit and upon departure at the airport are carried out accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is foreseen in the<br />
Manuale <strong>di</strong> <strong>Aeroporto</strong> Genova C. Colombo (Genova C. Colombo Airport Manual) and<br />
Regolamento <strong>di</strong> Scalo (Airport Regulations) to which reference is constantly made.<br />
2.1.1 – Check-in area<br />
Passengers arrive at the airport on their own, enter the terminal and go to the check-in counter in<br />
order to receive a boar<strong>di</strong>ng card and to hand-over their baggage.<br />
Afterward, they go toward the security control area where their unchecked bags go through the<br />
X-ray control and then proceed toward the foreseen gate, following the signs.<br />
They wait for the departure announcement for their flight and upon boar<strong>di</strong>ng, hand-over their<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards with an ID and then cross a bridge or use a bus in order to board the aircraft.<br />
2.1.1.1 – Passenger check-in<br />
(a)<br />
General<br />
Passenger check-in consists in carrying out all the <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen by the Carriers,<br />
regulations related to IATA and ICAO civil air transport with regard to flight safety, in order to<br />
provide passengers with a boar<strong>di</strong>ng card.<br />
A passenger with an airline ticket may or may not be reserved and may or may not have baggage.<br />
(b)<br />
Reserved Passenger List (PNL – Passenger Name List)<br />
The reserved passenger list consists in a list of passengers who regularly reserved their flights<br />
using specific computer systems and makes the names available to the Check-in Attendants in<br />
order to carry out the check-in <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 10 of 165<br />
The attendant selects the passenger from the list <strong>di</strong>splayed on his terminal and carries out the<br />
check-in <strong>operations</strong>, entering all the necessary information.<br />
( c ) Check-in time limits<br />
Check-in starts two hours prior to the flight’s scheduled departure and continues until the time<br />
limit foreseen by the Company, which in general is:<br />
- 25 minutes for domestic flights<br />
- 40 minutes for international flights<br />
prior to the flight’s scheduled departure unless expressly specified otherwise by the Carrier.<br />
Departing passengers, with or without reservation, who have a normal ticket must go to the<br />
check-in counter early in order to carry out all check-in <strong>operations</strong> within the aforesaid amount<br />
of time in order to not lose the right to take the flight.<br />
(d)<br />
General passenger check-in rules<br />
Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the regular foreseen <strong>operations</strong>, a passenger who has an airline ticket goes to the<br />
check-in counter, where the Check-in Attendant carries out the following <strong>operations</strong>:<br />
1. welcoming the passenger, checking that the passenger’s name is on the reserved<br />
passenger’s list as an originating passenger or one in transit from another airport;<br />
2. checking that the ticket and the passenger’s name are correct;<br />
3. checking the ID, making a visual check of the passenger’s identity to ensure that the<br />
passenger is truly the holder of the ticket;<br />
4. checking passport vali<strong>di</strong>ty and the need for a visa by entering the required information<br />
into the computer. In the case of doubt about the authenticity of the passport, he shall<br />
contact the on-duty Coor<strong>di</strong>nator, and if he cannot be reached, the CSS;<br />
5. checking that the passenger, due to his con<strong>di</strong>tions or characteristics, is not included in a<br />
passenger category that requires assistance and the assignment of a special seat;<br />
6. verifying, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to his duties and responsibilities, that the passenger is not<br />
transporting any item or substance, either in the checked or unchecked baggage, that is<br />
on the list of items or substances that cannot be taken on board the aircraft (JAA, IEM<br />
OPS 1.1160 B5 – JAA, AMC OPS 1.1215 B – IATA AHM170);<br />
7. asking the security questions as required;<br />
8. accepting the passenger’s baggage and entering the weight into the DCS as required by<br />
the Carrier, printing out the tag, tagging the baggage and provi<strong>di</strong>ng the passenger with<br />
a baggage ticket (tag number);<br />
9. for passengers who have connecting flights, placing the transit tag required by the<br />
airline, whereas for passengers with connecting flights in club class, placing the<br />
priority tag;<br />
10. printing and provi<strong>di</strong>ng the passenger with the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card or cards, if the passenger<br />
has also been checked-in for connecting flights (through check- in);<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 11 of 165<br />
11. for passengers with privileged con<strong>di</strong>tions, that is those considered frequent fliers or<br />
CFA or with another airline commercial code, always entering the code in the DCS<br />
during the check-in operation.<br />
( e ) Official document check<br />
Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to a Ministry of the Interior circular, all departing passengers must show a valid ID<br />
when checking in.<br />
The Check-in Attendant checks the ID, even if the passenger has a domestic flight.<br />
The purpose is to identify the passenger, by mean of a visual check in comparison to the photo<br />
on the document, and if he or she is actually the holder of the ticket.<br />
The same check is made upon boar<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
( f ) Passenger check-in/seat assignment<br />
Once the document has been checked, the Check-in Attendant can continue entering the<br />
information required to check-in the passenger and assign the seat he prefers, taking <strong>operative</strong><br />
requirements into account. The Check-in Attendant should not seat families with children or<br />
elderly in<strong>di</strong>viduals near the emergency exits. In ad<strong>di</strong>tion, the Attendant must pay particular<br />
attention to those who require special assistance (PRM).<br />
( g ) Boar<strong>di</strong>ng card emission<br />
Once the check-in <strong>procedure</strong> has been completed, the Attendant prints out the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card and<br />
gives it to the passenger, in<strong>di</strong>cating the assigned seat, the gate number and the boar<strong>di</strong>ng time.<br />
Without it, the passenger cannot board.<br />
The boar<strong>di</strong>ng card (<strong>di</strong>fferent for web check-in) is a card that bears the passenger’s first and last<br />
name, the route, the airline code, the flight number, the date, the check-in sequence, the<br />
signature of the Attendant who carried out the transaction, the seat number, the boar<strong>di</strong>ng time<br />
and the boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate.<br />
(h)<br />
Checking-in passengers with connecting flights (through check-in)<br />
Passengers who have a reserved connecting flight will be given a second boar<strong>di</strong>ng card.<br />
Therefore, the check-in Attendant assigns a seat on two flights. The baggage is tagged to the<br />
final destination by placing the transit tag where required. The passport and any required visas<br />
are checked and the passport data is entered when mandatory.<br />
The Attendant pays attention to baggage tagging because baggage does not go to the final<br />
destination in all non-European countries.<br />
( i ) Checking-in standby passengers<br />
When a flight is full and a passenger arrives at the airport without a reservation, he may be<br />
placed on the standby list. He is given a temporary standby boar<strong>di</strong>ng card.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 12 of 165<br />
A standby tag is placed on the baggage. When the UCV system closes the flight, the standby list<br />
is activated and passengers with an SB status (stand by) are automatically changed to a KS<br />
status (ok stand by).<br />
The Attendant in charge of checking in the standby list with the required input prints the new<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards and calls the passengers in the order or priority, provi<strong>di</strong>ng them with the new<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards. In some cases, a <strong>manual</strong> standby passenger list is created that is managed in<br />
DCS.<br />
( l ) Passenger check-in on jump-seats or cargo aircraft<br />
This type of passenger is only checked in with the authorisation of the Captain/Carrier. In<br />
general, these are off-duty crew members who are going from their place of residence to their<br />
airline’s base, or passengers who are accompanying cargo on all-cargo flights for reasons of<br />
safety such as a groom in the case of transporting horses or other live animals. In this case the<br />
accompanying passenger is identified as cat (Cargo Attendant).<br />
( m ) Passenger check-in in Tele Check-in mode<br />
For some Carriers that operate at the airport (ex. Alitalia, Air One), a Tele Check-in service is<br />
offered that departing passengers with only unchecked bags can use to check-in by phone by<br />
calling the airline’s de<strong>di</strong>cated number.<br />
Once they arrive at the airport, the passengers go to the de<strong>di</strong>cated airline counter to collect their<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards within the time period foreseen by the Carrier (see point C).<br />
( n ) Passenger check-in in Self Check-in mode<br />
For some Carriers that operate at the airport (ex. Alitalia, Air One), a Self Check-in service is<br />
offered that departing passengers with only unchecked bags can use to carry out the check-in<br />
<strong>operations</strong> on their own using the self check-in machines located in the departure hall.<br />
( o ) Passenger check-in in Web Check-in mode<br />
Some Carriers that operate at the airport (ex. British Airways, Alitalia, Air One, Ryanair)<br />
provide a Web check-in service that permits passengers with only unchecked bags to carry out<br />
the check-in <strong>operations</strong> on their own on-line.<br />
The document printed via internet that confirms check-in (in a specific format) permits the<br />
passenger to go <strong>di</strong>rectly to the flight’s boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate, after having crossed the security checks,<br />
without ad<strong>di</strong>tional formalities.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 13 of 165<br />
2.1.1.2 – Revenue passenger check-in<br />
(a) General<br />
All passengers that hold a regularly purchased ticket are considered revenue passengers, or<br />
paying passengers.<br />
(b) VIP passengers<br />
VIP passengers are Very Important Passengers. They are coded in this manner because they are<br />
passengers who travel frequently and are of considerable economical, commercial and political<br />
importance and who should receive specific attention. In all airports, they have the right to<br />
access the VIP lounges, a de<strong>di</strong>cated check-in counter and have standby list priority. On some<br />
flights, they have boar<strong>di</strong>ng priority and at the airport of destination they have baggage delivery<br />
precedence. They have the right to select a seat in the first rows in the aircraft (where possible)<br />
and to have pre-assigned seats. The attendant will place the priority tag on the baggage to be<br />
sent, entering the VIP code. If the flight is cancelled, these are the first passengers that the<br />
airline will accommodate and help. In the case of overbooking, these are among the last<br />
passengers to be removed from the flight.<br />
(c ) Group passengers<br />
These are passengers who are part of an organised trip and arrive at the airport with an<br />
in<strong>di</strong>vidual ticket. Check-in is done in<strong>di</strong>vidually in order to complete the document control<br />
formalities and to provide the personal baggage tickets.<br />
(d ) Charter flight passengers<br />
These are passengers who purchased a package that includes air travel, hotel etc.<br />
They are normally accompanied by a tour operator who chartered the flight and who has a<br />
master ticket that is presented upon check-in for the required formalities.<br />
2.1.1.3 – Industry <strong>di</strong>scount passenger check-in<br />
(a) General<br />
These are passengers that are employees of airlines or travel agencies who requested the Carrier<br />
for a <strong>di</strong>scounted ticket, which varies from airline to airline.<br />
(b) Check-in priority<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 14 of 165<br />
In the case of a full flight, passengers with an Industry Discount ticket will be placed on the<br />
standby list. They are classified based on the level of <strong>di</strong>scount that was given and the service<br />
seniority of the employee, which the check-in attendant will enter with an ID code.<br />
(c ) CMG – Crew Must Go<br />
These are crew members who must be boarded due to service reasons. They may not be<br />
removed from the flight in any case as when the flight arrives, they must report to service for<br />
another leg. They are normally reserved and regularly checked in by the person in charge, who<br />
enters the relevant information in the DCS.<br />
( d ) CFS – Off-Duty Crew<br />
Crew members who are travelling without a reservation and in the case of a full flight are placed<br />
on the standby list. They are placed last on the boar<strong>di</strong>ng list. If necessary or if the flight Captain<br />
permits it, they may also travel on a jump seat.<br />
2.1.1.4 Special assistance check-in<br />
(a)<br />
General<br />
These are particular check-in and on board seat assignment <strong>procedure</strong>s for those passengers who<br />
could be an impe<strong>di</strong>ment to an aircraft evacuation in the case of an emergency (IATA AHM 176<br />
– 176A - JAA – JAR-OPS 1.260 – JAA – IEM OPS 1.280).<br />
Each Carrier may in<strong>di</strong>cate and request special <strong>procedure</strong>s for <strong>di</strong>fferent types of aircraft. These<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s are contained in the Carrier’s <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s. When checking in the passenger,<br />
the Check-in Attendant follows the special general <strong>procedure</strong>s required by IATA and the special<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s required by the in<strong>di</strong>vidual airlines.<br />
Special check-in and seat assignment <strong>procedure</strong>s are required for special passenger categories<br />
such as:<br />
(1) PRM passengers (Passenger with Reduced Mobility). This category includes any<br />
in<strong>di</strong>vidual whose mobility is reduced for the purpose of transport due to any physical<br />
<strong>di</strong>sability (sensorial or movement related, either permanent or temporary),<br />
in<strong>di</strong>viduals whose weight could impede them from moving quickly, those who have<br />
mental <strong>di</strong>sabilities or han<strong>di</strong>caps, or in<strong>di</strong>viduals with any other <strong>di</strong>sability, or due to<br />
age, whose con<strong>di</strong>tion requires adequate attention and an adaptation of the service<br />
provided to all passengers in order to meet the specific needs of the in<strong>di</strong>vidual;<br />
(2) child passengers, who are travelling accompanied or unaccompanied;<br />
(3) passengers who are deported or in custody;<br />
(4) adult passengers with infants.<br />
Passengers that are included in the above definitions cannot occupy seats where their presence<br />
on board could:<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 15 of 165<br />
(1) prevent the passage of on-duty crew when carrying out their tasks;<br />
(2) block or obstruct access to aircraft emergency equipment or emergency exits;<br />
(3) impede aircraft evacuation in the case of an emergency.<br />
The Captain is always informed when passengers are on board the flight who require special<br />
assistance as defined in this paragraph.<br />
(b)<br />
INAD – Inadmissible - DEPA – Accompanied Deportee (Deportee)<br />
Each Carrier establishes strict <strong>procedure</strong>s for transporting passengers considered inadmissible<br />
(INAD), deported (DEPO) or people in the custody of the police in order to guarantee the safety<br />
of the aircraft and its occupants.<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight.<br />
The check-in attendant informs UCV (flight control office) of the presence of the passenger and<br />
any escort on board the aircraft, generally keeping the boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards at check-in and informing<br />
the boar<strong>di</strong>ng attendant. In particular, in the case of INAD, check-in prepares the boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards<br />
and keeps them as the “rejected” person is accompanied on board by the State Police and<br />
boarded separately. In the case of DEPA/O, who travels escorted by an agent, the attendant<br />
follows the <strong>procedure</strong> required by the Carrier and/or the AGS “transferred passenger” <strong>procedure</strong>.<br />
The boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards are kept by CSS or the Carrier when present, who maintains contact with the<br />
chief escort. UCV is informed of the escort and prepares for pre-boar<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
IATA AHM 120 – JAA, JAR-OPS 1.265)<br />
(c)<br />
PRM – Passengers with Reduced Mobility<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight.<br />
In these cases, these passengers may require wheelchairs, and are classified accor<strong>di</strong>ng to their<br />
<strong>di</strong>sability as follows:<br />
1. WCHR (Wheelchair R – Ramp) A passenger who is able to go up and down the aircraft<br />
stairs, but requires a wheelchair to travel the <strong>di</strong>stance between the check-in area and the<br />
aircraft;<br />
2. WCHS (Wheelchair S – Steps) A passenger who is not able to go up and down the<br />
aircraft steps and requires a wheelchair to travel the <strong>di</strong>stance between the check-in area<br />
and the aircraft and special equipment to board the aircraft itself, but does not require<br />
any special assistance once on board the aircraft;<br />
3. WCHC (Wheelchair C – Cabin seat) A passenger who is completely immobile and<br />
requires a wheelchair, equipment for boar<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft and to be accompanied on<br />
board the aircraft<br />
4. WCHP (Wheel Chair P –Personal autonomy) A passenger with a lower limb <strong>di</strong>sability<br />
who requires assistance at the terminal, while boar<strong>di</strong>ng and getting off the aircraft, and<br />
when taking a seat on board, but who is able to move independently on board using a<br />
wheelchair;<br />
5. BLIND A blind or partially-sighted passenger who may use a guide dog;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 16 of 165<br />
6. DEAF A deaf or partially-deaf passenger;<br />
7. MEDA (Me<strong>di</strong>cal case) A passenger with reduced mobility due to clinical reasons with an<br />
ongoing me<strong>di</strong>cal pathology, or mental han<strong>di</strong>cap, who requires me<strong>di</strong>cal authorisation for<br />
the trip.<br />
8. STCR (on a stretcher);<br />
9. MAAS (meet and assist) A passenger who requires other <strong>di</strong>fferent types of assistance<br />
such as a person who does not speak the local language or has <strong>di</strong>fficulties with verbal<br />
expression.<br />
: (IATA AHM 345)<br />
(d ) STCR – On a stretcher<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight.<br />
In the case of a passenger on a stretcher who remains on the ambulance with which he<br />
arrived at the airport, a person representing him will go to the check-in area where, after the<br />
normal <strong>procedure</strong>, the check-in attendant will keep the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card, check that the MEDIF<br />
documentation has been filled out correctly and will then inform UCV (flight control office)<br />
and the boar<strong>di</strong>ng attendant.<br />
The seats for the stretcher were already blocked off by UCV.<br />
(e) PREG (Pregnant) – Pregnant women<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight.<br />
Pregnant women with particular me<strong>di</strong>cal problems or pregnant women who are within four<br />
weeks of their expected delivery date are also considered MEDA (Me<strong>di</strong>cal Assistance) and the<br />
airline normally requires the MEDIF documentation to be filled out.<br />
(f) Passengers with infants<br />
Infants are children under the age of two. Infants travel with the application of the pricing and<br />
seating <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for this type of passenger and travel on their parent’s lap. They can<br />
travel with the assistance of an extra airline hostess who is responsible for the infant during the<br />
entire trip, which is paid for by the passenger.<br />
(g) UNMR – Unaccompanied minors<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight.<br />
All children who are at least 5 and are under the age of 12 (with the exception of Alitalia – up to<br />
the age of 14) are considered minors. The boar<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s are <strong>di</strong>fferent accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the age<br />
group.<br />
The check-in attendant checks that the minor has all required documentation, the<br />
UNACCOMPANIED MINOR FORM with the relative pouch that <strong>di</strong>stinguishes him from<br />
normal passengers. If the minor does not have documentation, the check-in attendant must check<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 17 of 165<br />
(using the airline’s DCS system) that the reservation was made using the unaccompanied minor<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>. Otherwise, the minor may not depart.<br />
The boar<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong> to be followed:<br />
(1) Children between the ages of 2 and 4<br />
(a)<br />
a child between the ages of 2 and 4 is considered an unaccompanied minor<br />
(UNMR). The seat must be paid for and the child may not travel alone, but only<br />
accompanied by an extra airline hostess who is responsible for the child during<br />
the entire trip. The extra hostess is paid for by the minor’s parents.<br />
(2) Children between the ages of 5 and 11 (for Alitalia up to 13)<br />
(a) a child in this age group is considered an unaccompanied minor (UNMR) and<br />
may travel alone.<br />
(b) The minor must be accompanied to the airport by a parent or a person who is<br />
legally responsible for him, and who hands him over to the airline.<br />
(c) The child’s personal documents are placed in a specific airline pouch (UNMR)<br />
for the entire trip.<br />
(d) The pouch must contain the child’s personal ID (card or passport), an indemnity<br />
form or a similar airline form on which all the information (first and last name,<br />
address and telephone number of the UNMR, or the person who accompanied the<br />
child to the airport of departure and of the person who is waiting for him upon<br />
arrival and the air travel route, the airline ticket of the UNMR).<br />
(e) The minor must have a parent or a person who is legally responsible for him<br />
waiting at the airport and who will receive him from the airline.<br />
(h)<br />
WAM – Weapons and ammunition<br />
The Captain is always informed when these passengers are on board the flight. There may be<br />
two cases of armed passengers (JAA, JAR-OPS 1.070)<br />
(1) Armed on board – State employee.<br />
The Attendant checks-in the passenger and informs UCV of the presence on board of an<br />
authorised armed passenger, also provi<strong>di</strong>ng the assigned seat number and enters the required<br />
notes so that the passenger list is complete.<br />
(2) Passenger with weapons as baggage.<br />
(a) weapons and ammunition can only be accepted as checked baggage if defined as<br />
weapons for sporting use and as non explosive and/or incen<strong>di</strong>ary ammunition,<br />
and in any case that are not combat weapons or ammunition (JAR-OPS 1.070).<br />
Precise international agreements on the definition of sporting weapons do not<br />
exist. In the general interpretation that is applied, sporting weapons include every<br />
weapon, gun or pistol that shoots a bullet and is used at a rifle range, for hunting<br />
and is not a <strong>standard</strong> weapon used by the Armed Forced. The definition includes<br />
hunting knives, bows or other similar articles. A historic weapon or ammunition<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 18 of 165<br />
that was considered a combat weapon or combat ammunition (ex. a musket or<br />
arquebus) is considered today to be a sporting weapon.<br />
(b) Baggage that contains a weapon and/or ammunition in compliance with IATA<br />
rules and any other ad<strong>di</strong>tional Carrier restrictions is regularly accepted and tagged<br />
as any other item of baggage. Passengers who are checking in weapons must fill<br />
out the form “declaration for the transport of weapons and/or ammunition as<br />
checked baggage” where required and must go to the State Police Office to<br />
complete the formalities, accompanied by security personnel called by the Checkin<br />
Attendant. Then, the passenger delivers the weapon to security personnel who<br />
will be responsible for guar<strong>di</strong>ng it until it is placed on board. The Security<br />
Attendant contacts UCV to agree upon the methods of delivering and loa<strong>di</strong>ng the<br />
weapons in the hold.<br />
2.1.1.5 – Passenger boar<strong>di</strong>ng and security<br />
(a) General<br />
A passenger must undergo security checks in order to access the boar<strong>di</strong>ng area and the gate for<br />
his flight. These checks are performed by the assigned security personnel. Unchecked bags and<br />
passengers are checked using the specific equipment required by P.N.S. on card no. 1,<br />
preventing them from bringing dangerous material and items on board.<br />
(b)<br />
Boar<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s and timing<br />
Passengers who have a regular boar<strong>di</strong>ng card that was issued by the check-in counter goes to the<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate where an area Check-in Attendant assigned to boar<strong>di</strong>ng the flight performs the<br />
following:<br />
(1) checks that the flight in<strong>di</strong>cated on the <strong>di</strong>splay to the public at the counter is correct and<br />
that the boar<strong>di</strong>ng equipment is <strong>operative</strong>;<br />
(2) makes the announcements to the public as required;<br />
(3) in the case of passengers who require special assistance, he has them pre-boarded by the<br />
assigned employee, in agreement with the Ramp Attendant. Minors are pre-boarded by<br />
the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant, who accompanies them personally on board the aircraft;<br />
(4) starts passenger boar<strong>di</strong>ng, in agreement with the Ramp Attendant, collecting the<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng card and checking the document and comparing the visual identify of the<br />
passenger (correspondence of the photo);<br />
(5) stops the boar<strong>di</strong>ng of large unchecked bags, items that are not permitted on board the<br />
aircraft, tags them, and sends them under the aircraft;<br />
(6) removes the passenger’s boar<strong>di</strong>ng card and sends the passenger on board the aircraft;<br />
(7) once boar<strong>di</strong>ng is completed, he counts the cards of all passengers that passed through the<br />
gate and checks that they correspond to the total number of passengers checked-in for the<br />
flight;<br />
(8) if the result of the count is positive, he informs the Ramp Attendant of the total number<br />
of boarded passengers for closing the flight;<br />
(9) if the count has a negative outcome (more or fewer passengers than those checked-in), he<br />
requests the Ramp Attendant to carry out a careful onboard count.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 19 of 165<br />
(10) once the passenger <strong>di</strong>screpancy has been confirmed, the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant checks off<br />
the boar<strong>di</strong>ng cards on the list of the checked-in passengers in order to identify the name<br />
of the missing passenger and if he has checked baggage or not;<br />
(11) once the name of the missing passenger has been identified, the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant asks<br />
the Ramp Attendant to make an announcement in the aircraft to check if the passenger is<br />
on board and if he still has the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card that was not collected. At the same time, a<br />
request is made to make an announcement in the terminal for the missing passenger to go<br />
the gate;<br />
(12) if the missing passenger does not have baggage, in order to not penalise the departure, he<br />
tells the Ramp Attendant to close the flight;<br />
(13) if the result of the search is negative and the missing passenger has checked baggage, he<br />
informs the Ramp Attendant so that in agreement with the Captain, baggage<br />
reconciliation can be started and the missing passenger’s baggage can be removed from<br />
the aircraft;<br />
(14) then he fills out the specific flight summary report and inserts the collected tickets in a<br />
specific airline envelope or another ad hoc envelope, writing the flight number and the<br />
number of coupons on it, delivering it to his department for the required formalities.<br />
(c) Passenger and baggage reconciliation<br />
It is important that the number of passengers and baggage corresponds exactly with what has<br />
been entered in the DCS system.<br />
The worker (OUA) who is assigned to baggage handling counts the baggage and informs the<br />
load control agent (UCV).<br />
The worker (OUA) in charge of loa<strong>di</strong>ng will recount the baggage under the aircraft and provide<br />
the number to the flight ramp attendant, who will check the correspondence with what is stated<br />
on the loadsheet for the flight.<br />
If there is less baggage, the ramp attendant informs the Captain and makes the necessary<br />
changes to the loadsheet.<br />
If there is more baggage than what is foreseen, the ramp attendant informs the flight Captain as<br />
required and at the same time, asks the personnel responsible for loa<strong>di</strong>ng to check if baggage for<br />
other destinations was loaded on board.<br />
If the result is negative, the ramp attendant informs the flight Captain and starts to unload all<br />
baggage items for the required reconciliation by the passengers.<br />
2.1.1.6 – Passenger area messaging<br />
(a) General<br />
This is used to signal <strong>operative</strong> information that concerns, for example, the presence of<br />
particular passengers in transit or WCH or UNMR or INAD/DEPA.<br />
(b) FIM - Flight Interrupted Manifest<br />
The FIM Flight Interrupted Manifest is a form that replaces the flight ticket.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 20 of 165<br />
This is used when the passenger’s originating flight is cancelled. In order to reroute the passenger,<br />
the reservation or ticket office searches for the most suitable solutions so that the passenger can reach<br />
his final destination.<br />
The form has two possible formats: a facsimile of a flight ticket with a serial number, which<br />
may be issued for a maximum of 5 names. This format is currently the most used because it can<br />
be issued for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual passenger or for a family.<br />
The other format is used by those airlines that do not have the smaller form, such as Iberia, for<br />
example. It can contain up to a maximum of 25 names and can be used for a group.<br />
Both formats have 4 copies: the first white copy is inserted in the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card of the receiving<br />
Carrier, the second and third yellow copies are stapled to the coupon(s) of the original flight(s), the<br />
pink copy is kept in a specific file in the passenger area manager’s office.<br />
It is also possible to accommodate the passengers, depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the airline provisions, by<br />
implementing a Virtual FIM that consists in sen<strong>di</strong>ng a specific compiled form to the Carrier,<br />
which then transforms it into a FIM.<br />
The form contains the following data:<br />
(1) the number of the originating flight and the leg;<br />
(2) the reason for which the FIM was issued (cancellation or long delay or oversold);<br />
(3) the code of the airline for which the FIM is issued;<br />
(4) stamp of the issuing office;<br />
(5) the code of the airline where the passenger is rerouted;<br />
(6) new route with the flights and the leg;<br />
(7) first and last name of the passenger, original ticket number and rerouting class.<br />
(c) PSM - Passenger Service Message<br />
The Passenger Service Message is a message generated by the system for each flight. It contains<br />
the list of the names of the passengers who requested special assistance (WCH or UNMR etc) and<br />
those who have a Frequency Flyer card.<br />
The Check-in Attendant correctly enters the IATA codes related to the requested services. This<br />
information generates the PSM.<br />
This message is printed automatically by the system as soon as the Weight and Balance Attendant<br />
closes the flight.<br />
For arriving flights, the Ramp Attendant looks at the PSM messages in order to organise the<br />
assistance.<br />
(c)<br />
PTM - Passenger Transfer Message<br />
This is a message regar<strong>di</strong>ng passenger and baggage transit at the airport (Passenger Transfer<br />
Message). The message contains:<br />
(1)the number of the departing flight for which it is generated;<br />
(2)the list of the connecting flights, from the transit point, with the correspon<strong>di</strong>ng route;<br />
(3)the total number of passengers and items of baggage for that specific destination.<br />
This is of fundamental importance for the ramp for all issues concerning baggage transit and for<br />
the check-in for the issues concerning the passengers.<br />
(e) PAX DISPO<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 21 of 165<br />
This message is sent to the Ticketing Attendant in all cases of involuntary rerouting due to a<br />
flight cancellation.<br />
It is sent to the destination airport of the original flight and is used to arrange for all measures of a<br />
commercial nature and to inform any relatives or acquaintances waiting at the airport.<br />
The message is addressed to the airport of destination of the original flight.<br />
It contains a list of the passengers who have been accommodated on another flight or those who<br />
have been provided with a car or in the case of a total lack of flights for rerouting, the passengers for<br />
whom a hotel room has been reserved.<br />
(f) DEPBUS<br />
A message informing that a bus, chartered by the airline, is departing for transferring the<br />
passengers of a flight that was <strong>di</strong>verted or cancelled to another airport. It contains:<br />
(1)information about the driver and his cell phone number;<br />
(2)the type, license plate number and the company that owns the bus;<br />
(3)departure time;<br />
(4)the number of passengers on the bus;<br />
(5)the number and route of the cancelled flight and the reason.<br />
2.1.1.7 – Special passenger area services<br />
(a) General<br />
Special services provided to passengers, for example use of the lounge, cards, the<br />
transmission of messages<br />
(b) Frequent Fliers/Travellers<br />
A Frequent Flyer passenger presents his card to the check-in Attendant to have the number<br />
entered. By entering this number, miles can be accumulated for purchasing new tickets. FQTV<br />
passengers may or may not receive access to the VIP lounges in the airport by the Carrier<br />
depen<strong>di</strong>ng on their importance from an economic and commercial point of view.<br />
(c) Airport VIP lounge (Sala Genova)<br />
The airport VIP lounge is currently managed by <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.A. and is<br />
located on the departure level (prior to the security checks) where AGS personnel carries out<br />
passenger and baggage check-in <strong>operations</strong> for passengers who have the right to access the<br />
lounge accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the Carrier provisions.<br />
(d) Passenger information to other Agencies<br />
Any requests for information regar<strong>di</strong>ng passengers made by other Agencies are <strong>di</strong>rectly sent<br />
to the Carrier who transported the passengers<br />
Attendants are not authorised to provide information verbally and/or by phone with regard to<br />
arriving and/or departing passengers.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 22 of 165<br />
2.1.1.8 – Passenger area irregularities<br />
(a) General<br />
The new European regulation EC 261/2004 establishes common rules for assisting passengers in<br />
the case of denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng, flight cancellation and delays. The carriers have established <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
to be applied in the case of flight irregularities that can change depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the flight destination.<br />
General information is provided below that should in any case be compared with the Carrier’s<br />
internal <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
(b) Involuntary rerouting.<br />
(IATA AHM 110) – IATA PSCRM Resolution 735e)<br />
Involuntary rerouting refers to transporting a passenger to his point of final destination or<br />
stopover using services that are <strong>di</strong>fferent than those originally planned (company services, services<br />
from other carriers, surface vehicles) in the occurrence of one of the following <strong>operative</strong><br />
irregularities:<br />
(1)flight cancellation;<br />
(2)a considerable flight delay in comparison to the scheduled time;<br />
(3)omission of the airport of destination or stopover;<br />
(4)impossibility to guarantee boar<strong>di</strong>ng on the reserved flight;<br />
(5)impossibility to guarantee boar<strong>di</strong>ng on the previously reserved connecting flight;<br />
(6)flight interruption en route.<br />
The involuntary rerouting may be:<br />
(1)<strong>di</strong>rect, when it does not involve a route change;<br />
(2)in<strong>di</strong>rect, when the route must be changed.<br />
With the exception of basic fair tickets, when rerouting is arranged with another Carrier more<br />
than 24 hours prior to the departure of the continuing flight, the receiving Carrier is preinformed to<br />
provide the authorisation for the rerouting using its services.<br />
When the involuntary rerouting causes a connecting flight with another Carrier to be missed, it is<br />
contacted, if possible, in order to create a new route.<br />
The involuntary rerouting may be caused by:<br />
(1) force majeure when the causes that brought about the irregularities were completely out of<br />
the Carrier’s control or were completely unforeseeable, and therefore which could not be<br />
prevented even by adopting maximum <strong>di</strong>ligence, such as:<br />
(a)technical causes;<br />
(b)exceptional safety measures for passengers, baggage, aircraft and airport, and adverse<br />
weather con<strong>di</strong>tions;<br />
(c)war/political events;<br />
(d)ATC or air traffic congestion;<br />
(e)inefficiencies from other agencies that operate in the airport;<br />
(f)striking service companies or other agencies;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 23 of 165<br />
(2) the airline when the responsibility for the irregularity is clearly attributable to the airline,<br />
such as:<br />
(a)lack of crew and aircraft for causes not due to force majeure;<br />
(b)overbooking;<br />
(c)missing connections due to operational issues for which the Carrier is responsible;<br />
(d)strikes within the airline<br />
(c) Involuntary upgra<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
The involuntary transfer to a higher class can be made, without ad<strong>di</strong>tional costs to the passenger,<br />
only when:<br />
(1)check-in has been completed for reserved passengers in economy class;<br />
(2)passengers with a reservation or passengers on the standby list are at the check-in counters prior<br />
to flight closure;<br />
(3)upon assessment of a Carrier manager, paying customers that do not have a reservation are at<br />
the check-in counters or on the standby list.<br />
Involuntary upgra<strong>di</strong>ng can also be done before the flight is closed provi<strong>di</strong>ng that the con<strong>di</strong>tion of<br />
a full flight is met.<br />
The following selection criteria must be used when selecting passengers to transfer to the higher<br />
class:<br />
(1)member of a frequent flier club;<br />
(2)reservation price/class;<br />
(3)the appearance/image of the passenger is coherent with the higher service class;<br />
(4)that the passenger has not requested special meals;<br />
(5)in the case of a multi-leg flight, the passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarks at the next airport;<br />
and the following actions are completed:<br />
(1) contacting the passenger for replacing the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card or <strong>di</strong>rectly accepting the passenger<br />
in the higher class;<br />
(d) Involuntary downgradìng.<br />
Involuntary transfer to a lower class may only be done after all seats available in the passenger’s<br />
original class have been used.<br />
Normally, the Carrier pays the passenger a refund within 7 days based on the miles and the<br />
destination.<br />
The percentage of the ticket may be paid by the Carrier in cash, by means of an electronic bank<br />
transfer, a bank deposit or checks, or subject to an agreement signed by the passenger, with travel<br />
vouchers.<br />
The baggage allowance remains what is permitted for the original class.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 24 of 165<br />
(e) Passenger services in the case of operational irregularities<br />
"Operational irregularities" are defined as all those events that have an influence on the regularity<br />
of a flight or services offered to passengers, such as:<br />
(1)cancelled flight;<br />
(2)delayed flight;<br />
(3)change of route;<br />
(4)<strong>di</strong>version;<br />
(5)omission of an airport;<br />
(6)lost connection;<br />
(7)substitution of the aircraft and/or aircraft type;<br />
(8)lack of seats in the selected class;<br />
(9)number of passengers with an “OK” ticket at the airport that is greater than aircraft capacity;<br />
(10)presence on board of a number of passengers greater than the capacity of the service class;<br />
(11)reduced onboard assistance.<br />
In the case of an operational irregularity, the Airport Service Manager/Pax Area Coor<strong>di</strong>nator<br />
will interface with the Carrier’s airport representatives (if at the airport) or with the various Carrier<br />
Operational Coor<strong>di</strong>nators to decide on the actions to be taken in accordance with their <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
and the regulation EC 261/2004.<br />
The table below summarises the rights the passengers have based upon the new European<br />
regulation:<br />
IRREGULARITY<br />
Financial<br />
Compensation<br />
Refund<br />
Accommodatio<br />
n /Rerouting<br />
Ad<strong>di</strong>tional<br />
assistance<br />
DENIED<br />
BOARDING YES YES YES YES<br />
CANCELLATION<br />
(due to commercial<br />
reasons)<br />
YES YES YES YES<br />
CANCELLATION<br />
(due to "Force<br />
Majeure")<br />
NO YES YES YES<br />
DELAY NO NO (Exception; it<br />
the delay is > 5h)<br />
YES<br />
YES<br />
If it can be reasonably foreseen that a flight will be delayed in relation to the scheduled<br />
departure time, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following table:<br />
Flight <strong>di</strong>stance<br />
less than 1500 Km<br />
between 1500 and 3500 Km and within the EU more than 1500<br />
greater than 3500 Km<br />
Delay<br />
more than 2 hours<br />
more than 3 hours<br />
more than 4 hours<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 25 of 165<br />
Entitled passengers shall have the right to the following assistance as long as this does not<br />
involve an ad<strong>di</strong>tional delay:<br />
(1)meals and beverages in relation to the length of the delay;<br />
(2)2 phone calls or telexes, e-mail, fax;<br />
(3) hotel accommodations and airport/hotel transfer if the delay causes the flight to<br />
be rescheduled 1 day later than the originally scheduled departure time.<br />
In the case the flight is delayed by more than 5 hours, in ad<strong>di</strong>tion to what was already<br />
specified for delays below 5 hours, passengers have the right to:<br />
(1) a refund within 7 days for the part or parts of the trip that were not completed and for the<br />
part or parts of the trip that were completed if the flight in question became useless in<br />
relation to the passenger’s initial travel program together with a return flight to the point of<br />
initial departure as soon as possible.<br />
(f) Information in the case of operational irregularities<br />
In all cases of operational irregularities and flight departure delays, passengers receive<br />
information from the airline, from its representative or through the company that provides<br />
assistance to the passengers regar<strong>di</strong>ng the delay and its causes as the agencies in charge of<br />
provi<strong>di</strong>ng the information become aware of them or in any case by the scheduled boar<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
time.<br />
Information of a general nature regar<strong>di</strong>ng passenger rights are posted in the airports, at the<br />
check-in counters, VIP lounges, gates etc. Carrier information pamphlets are provided to the<br />
passengers in the case of operational irregularities.<br />
(g) DBC – Denied Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Compensation<br />
In the case of denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng, the airline is responsible for paying a compensation (D.B.C.)<br />
to its passengers that hold a valid ticket with a regularly confirmed and registered reservation who<br />
arrived at the check-in counter within the time limit (the D.B.C may not be paid to passengers<br />
travelling with tickets issued accor<strong>di</strong>ng to Reso IATA 788, of type AD, ID, GE, IG, or who are<br />
travelling free of charge). They must also have the necessary travel documents accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the<br />
General Transport Con<strong>di</strong>tions.<br />
No compensation shall be paid if the denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng was caused due to the flight being<br />
cancelled for reasons for which the airline is not responsible or that were completely unforeseeable,<br />
and therefore which cannot be prevented even by adopting maximum <strong>di</strong>ligence, such as:<br />
(1)exceptional safety measures for passengers, baggage, aircraft and airport;<br />
(2)adverse weather con<strong>di</strong>tions;<br />
(3)war/political events;<br />
(4)ATC or air traffic congestion;<br />
(5)inefficiencies from other agencies that operate in the airport;<br />
(6)striking of Carrier employees or the employees of other agencies.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 26 of 165<br />
Passengers who arrive at check-in within the time limit and have a regular reservation<br />
(overbooked passengers), for whom there is no available seat on board will be placed on the waiting<br />
list for the relative administrative confirmation by the Carrier for the issuance of the D.B.C.<br />
IATA, AHM 112, Denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng compensation (PSCRM Recommended Practice 1799).<br />
Before denying boar<strong>di</strong>ng to a passenger, it must be checked if there are any volunteers willing to<br />
not board the flight. A volunteer passenger who accepts compensation for not boar<strong>di</strong>ng accepts it<br />
without the possibility to seek compensation from the airline (Voluntary D.B.C.) and shall have the<br />
right to accommodation on another flight and an amount normally paid in the form of a cre<strong>di</strong>t voucher<br />
that is valid for purchasing other tickets and/or services from the issuing Carrier.<br />
Passengers who are denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng shall receive financial compensation (cash or MCO) as<br />
follows:<br />
Flight <strong>di</strong>stance Compensation in Euro 50% reduction if the passenger<br />
delay is :<br />
less than 1500 Km 250 less than 2 hours<br />
legs within the EU greater than 400 less than 3 hours<br />
1500 Km and the others between<br />
1500 and 3500 Km<br />
greater than 3500 Km 600 less than 4 hours<br />
Passengers who are denied boar<strong>di</strong>ng, in ad<strong>di</strong>tion to what is specified above, shall be offered<br />
complementary services such as:<br />
(1)meals and beverages in relation to the length of the delay;<br />
(2)accommodation in a hotel, if necessary;<br />
(3)airport/hotel/airport transport;<br />
(4)two telephone calls, faxes, telex messages or emails<br />
2.1.1.9 – Check-in. Special <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
(a) EXST (Extra seat)<br />
Passengers who require special assistance such as WCH, people who are travelling with large<br />
musical instruments that are too fragile to be transported in the hold (technical term SOC but<br />
generally defined as an extra seat), and people whose physical form is such that makes it<br />
necessary to use two seats on board (obese passengers), can purchase ad<strong>di</strong>tional seats when<br />
making their reservation for greater comfort during the flight. The ad<strong>di</strong>tional seats that are<br />
purchased are called extra-seats and cannot be assigned to other passengers, therefore the<br />
check-in Attendant informs the Attendant who manages the flight/balancing (UCV) so the<br />
extra-seats are blocked and the actual offer of the flight is lowered based on the number of<br />
extra-seats that were purchased.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 27 of 165<br />
(b) ISOC (Seat occupied by Cargo)<br />
A seat occupied by cargo (SOC) refers to the extra seats that were purchased by passengers to<br />
transfer items in the cabin that would normally travel as checked baggage in the hold, for example<br />
special musical instruments (ex. cellos, guitars) or other valuable objects that passengers do not want<br />
to have transported in the aircraft hold.<br />
The passengers therefore purchase ad<strong>di</strong>tional seats that cannot be assigned to other<br />
passengers, as a result the check-in Attendant informs the Attendant who manages the<br />
flight/balancing (UCV) so the extra-seats (SOC) are blocked and the actual offer of the flight<br />
is lowered based on the number of extra-seats that were purchased.<br />
2.1.2 - Arriving Passenger Process<br />
2.1.2.1 -General<br />
This is meant as the entire route the arriving passenger must take.<br />
The arriving passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarks from the aircraft, enters the terminal and goes toward<br />
passport control (only extra-Schengen flights) and then goes to the baggage claim carousels if he<br />
needs to collect checked baggage.<br />
If his baggage was not redelivered, he must go to the Lost & Found office to report the<br />
missing baggage.<br />
He then goes toward the exit, following the in<strong>di</strong>cated path for any customs check for his baggage.<br />
2.1.2.2 – Passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkation<br />
Passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkation <strong>operations</strong> can be done using a bus if the aircraft is parked in a<br />
remote position or <strong>di</strong>rectly at the terminal if the aircraft is parked at an airport loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridge. The<br />
passenger is <strong>di</strong>sembarked at the extra-Schengen arrivals if the flight arrives from an extra-<br />
Schengen and/or extra EU area, or at the Schengen arrivals if the flight is coming from a<br />
Schengen area or domestic airport.<br />
2.1.2.3 - Moving Pax who require special assistance. PSM<br />
In the case of passengers who require special assistance (ex. WCH, UM, STCR, etc),<br />
<strong>di</strong>fferent <strong>di</strong>sembarkation methods are applied:<br />
(1)WCH: passengers that require a wheelchair are normally embarked/<strong>di</strong>sembarked to/from<br />
the aircraft with an Ambulift (aircraft located at a remote stand) that is operated by AGS<br />
personnel (OUA); when the wheelchair is moved, the OUA provi<strong>di</strong>ng the assistance must<br />
check that the passenger is secured with the seat belt on the seat itself and that during the<br />
transport phases from and to the aircraft with the Ambulift, the wheelchair is anchored to the<br />
floor of the device with the specific fastening hooks located on the device. Once the<br />
passenger has been <strong>di</strong>sembarked, he is accompanied to the arrivals hall to collect his<br />
baggage and then accompanied to the arrival level atrium to be met by relatives and/or<br />
accompanied to his own means of transport. If the passenger does not have his own<br />
wheelchair, it will be provided by the Airport Operator.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 28 of 165<br />
(2)UNMR: unaccompanied minors are met at the flight ramp upon arrival and accompanied<br />
to the arrivals lounge and handed over to the Lost & Found Attendant who will complete the<br />
<strong>procedure</strong> of han<strong>di</strong>ng over the minor to the person authorised to pick him up. If the person<br />
who picks up the minor is not at the airport, the Lost & Found Attendant will be responsible<br />
for taking care of the minor until the parent and/or person authorised to pick up the minor<br />
arrives. If the identity of the person who arrives to pick up the minor does not correspond with<br />
what is stated on the minor’s travel documents, the Lost & Found Attendant will inform his<br />
manager and will go to Polaria offices where the Government Agency will make the checks.<br />
(3)BLND: blind passengers are met at the flight arrival ramp and accompanied to the Lost<br />
& Found office, where they are accompanied outside the arrivals area after having collected<br />
their baggage.<br />
(4)STCR: passengers on stretchers that arrive at the airport are normally <strong>di</strong>sembarked<br />
with an Ambulift. If they are accompanied, the companions are brought to the arrivals<br />
lounge to collect any baggage. Government Agencies must always be informed (Polaria,<br />
Financial Police) of this type of passenger even if the flight does not require documents to be<br />
checked or customs <strong>procedure</strong>s (Schengen area) because in this case the passengers do not<br />
transit through the normal pax <strong>di</strong>sembarkation flow. In this way, the responsible Agencies<br />
are able to make any checks required with regard to the passenger.<br />
(5)DEPA: deported passengers that arrive at the airport with an escort are normally received<br />
by the Penitentiary Police under the aircraft and <strong>di</strong>rectly escorted to the exit gate (bunkerage)<br />
(6)DEPU: deported passengers that travel without an escort are met under the aircraft by<br />
Polaria, which is informed in advance by the ramp attendant (UCV);<br />
(7)INAD: passengers who are denied entry at their destination and return to the airport<br />
are received by Polaria, which is informed in advance by the flight ramp (UCV) because<br />
they must check the reasons for the forced return of the passenger;<br />
(8)WAM: With regard to arriving weapons, UCV informs the Safety Personnel in<br />
advance so they can take the weapon from the hold and then deliver it to State Police<br />
Agents. The safety Attendant will prepare a form with the times that the arriving<br />
weapon was loaded on board and/or accepted.<br />
2.1.2.4 – Direct transit passengers (Transit Passengers)<br />
(a) General<br />
Direct transit passengers are those that transit at the airport without having to change aircraft<br />
and/or flight number (multi-leg flights).<br />
(b) Procedures. Transit cards<br />
If it is necessary to <strong>di</strong>sembark the <strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers for the purposes of refuelling<br />
<strong>operations</strong>, cleaning, crew changes, etc. the following is necessary:<br />
(1) first <strong>di</strong>sembark the passengers with the final destination of Genoa through the normal<br />
<strong>di</strong>sembarkation flows;<br />
(2) provide assistance at the boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate to receive the <strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers, preparing a<br />
number of transit cards equal to the number of <strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers;<br />
(3) prepare the <strong>di</strong>rect transit passenger flow so that they can reach the departure lounge;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 29 of 165<br />
(4) accompany and have the passengers go to the departure lounge through the gate used for<br />
boar<strong>di</strong>ng;<br />
(5)if passengers are arriving from an extra-Schengen airport, make the announcements at the<br />
gate to prevent them from leaving the departure lounge guarded by Polaria;<br />
(6)when boar<strong>di</strong>ng starts, proceed by first boar<strong>di</strong>ng the <strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers and then the<br />
originating passengers.<br />
2.1.2.5 – In<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers (Transfer Passengers)<br />
(a) General<br />
In<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers are those that transit at the airport and change aircraft and flight<br />
number.<br />
The in<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers and their unchecked bags originating from domestic and/or<br />
Schengen flights (not included in the list transmitted confidentially to the Airport Operator<br />
specified in card 1 of the PNS), are exempt from the security checks when the security checks<br />
were performed at the airport of origin and their reboar<strong>di</strong>ng does not involve them leaving the<br />
sterile areas; the above specified passengers that <strong>di</strong>sembark from aircraft parked at loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
bridges can go <strong>di</strong>rectly to the departure lounge<br />
All other in<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers follow instead the normal pax <strong>di</strong>sembarkation flow and<br />
must repeat the security checks even if they already have a boar<strong>di</strong>ng card for their connecting<br />
flight.<br />
(b) Through-checked passengers<br />
In<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers who already have a boar<strong>di</strong>ng card for their connecting flight<br />
(Through-checked passengers) can go <strong>di</strong>rectly to the boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate after passing through the<br />
required security checks; the boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant will be responsible for checking the<br />
correspondence of the passenger’s identity between the document and the boar<strong>di</strong>ng card.<br />
In<strong>di</strong>rect transit passengers who have not yet checked in for their connecting flight go to the<br />
check-in counter to check-in for the flight.<br />
2.1.3 – Baggage service<br />
2.1.3.1 -General<br />
The subprocess of servicing transit baggage at the airport is provided by AGS, using external<br />
personnel, if necessary, who work under the <strong>di</strong>rect responsibility of AGS. This service can be<br />
separated, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the type of flight and passenger, into:<br />
(1) Managing baggage upon departure or transferring it to the Handling Area with the<br />
following characteristics<br />
(a) Bulky and/or large sized baggage. The bulky or large sized baggage will be<br />
transported on the de<strong>di</strong>cated belt located at counter no. 1 at check-in;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 30 of 165<br />
(i) Destination tag change. If the destination tag for the baggage must be changed<br />
due to a cancelled or delayed flight or a change in connecting flight, it will be<br />
replaced <strong>di</strong>rectly in the baggage handling area;<br />
(2) Transit baggage management<br />
(a) Baggage in in<strong>di</strong>rect transit is unloaded and loaded on the specific baggage cart<br />
located in the baggage handling area after the X-ray checks are performed as<br />
required by regulations; baggage in in<strong>di</strong>rect transit originating from domestic or<br />
EU airports is exempt from the X-ray checks (with the exception of the EU<br />
countries and/or airports specified in the list transmitted confidentially to the<br />
Operator);<br />
(3) Arriving baggage management<br />
(a) Arriving baggage is unloaded on the delivery carousels without any <strong>di</strong>vision<br />
between EU and extra-EU baggage; the responsible Agencies must make the<br />
required checks before the passenger exits the arrivals lounge.<br />
2.1.3.2 – Checked baggage<br />
Checked baggage is considered each item of baggage that the passenger delivers upon check-in to<br />
be transported in the aircraft hold; the check-in Attendant makes sure that:<br />
(1)all old tags are removed;<br />
(2)the passenger and the baggage are checked in on the same flight;<br />
(3)the baggage is tagged;<br />
(4)if the baggage is insufficiently packed and/or previously damaged, it will be given a "LIMITED<br />
RELEASE" tag;<br />
(5)a "HEAVY" tag is placed on baggage that weighs more than 25kgs;<br />
(6)each in<strong>di</strong>vidual item of baggage does not exceed 32 kg (with the exception of wheelchairs),<br />
(7)each item of baggage has been weighed.<br />
2.1.3.3 – Unchecked baggage<br />
Unchecked baggage refers to the baggage that the passenger will carry on the aircraft under<br />
the following con<strong>di</strong>tions:<br />
(1)the unchecked baggage <strong>di</strong>mensions do not exceed cm. 56x45x25;<br />
(2)the weight does not exceed what is in<strong>di</strong>cated by the Carrier;<br />
(3)the unchecked baggage has a name tag.<br />
2.1.3.4 - Mishandled baggage<br />
Based on the information provided by the passenger, AGS will fill out a Passenger Irregularity<br />
Report (PIR) and provide the passenger with a copy. The passenger selects if he wants to personally<br />
collect his baggage or have it delivered to his home via courier.<br />
The automatic search for the baggage starts using the foreseen computer program<br />
(1)If the baggage is located, the passenger is informed that his baggage was found and he is<br />
asked either to pick up the baggage at the Lost & Found office or arrangements will be made to<br />
send it via courier as arranged.
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 31 of 165<br />
(2)If the baggage is not located, the passenger will be contacted and he will be asked to fill out a<br />
form describing the contents of the lost baggage and return it to the airline.<br />
AGS will act on behalf of the Carrier to reroute mishandled baggage in the following cases<br />
(1) The departing baggage was not loaded and remained on the ground;<br />
(2) Baggage in transit – the baggage of a transit passenger was not loaded onto the connecting flight;<br />
(3) "misrouted" – the baggage arrived in Genoa due to an error of the airport of departure;<br />
(4) Carrier request. The company may decide that in order to prevent an “overloaded” flight, some<br />
baggage will remain on the ground and will be rerouted to the destination with a subsequent<br />
flight or by means of rerouting.;<br />
(5) Airport request. The baggage is requested by another airport with a specific message.<br />
For this purpose, the Lost & Found Office will prepare the baggage to be rerouted and the relative<br />
documentation (delivery telex); it informs UCV of the number of RUSH baggage items to reroute on<br />
the flight and sends them to the baggage handling area for the required safety checks by the<br />
responsible Security Personnel, who will carry out the X-ray check and place the specific security tag<br />
that confirms that the check was made.<br />
2.1.3.5 - Transfer baggage<br />
In ad<strong>di</strong>tion to what was specified in paragraph 2.1.3.1 (checked baggage), for transfer baggage, the<br />
check-in Attendant makes sure that:<br />
(1)it is tagged to the passenger’s final destination accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the flight routing (unless<br />
otherwise specified and/or requested by the Carrier);<br />
(2)the passenger is correctly informed if the baggage must be collected at a transfer<br />
airport for customs purposes.<br />
2.1.3.6 - Crew baggage<br />
Crew baggage is normally transported by the on-duty crew. It must still have a tag from the airline<br />
that identifies the owner. They are always loaded in a de<strong>di</strong>cated aircraft hold in a section where they<br />
can be quickly recovered during each turnaround phase.<br />
Crew members who are travelling for service reasons (Crew Must Go) or off-duty as<br />
passengers will have their baggage tagged during check-in.<br />
2.1.3.7 – DAA baggage (Delivery At Aircraft)<br />
DAA baggage (Delivery At Aircraft) is normal unchecked baggage that for reasons of onboard<br />
space cannot be stored in the overhead compartments or under the passenger seats.<br />
The airlines apply this <strong>procedure</strong> when the flight is operated using small sized aircraft (ex. CRJ,<br />
EMB, ATR, DH4, F50, D38, etc).<br />
If the DAA <strong>procedure</strong> is in force for the flight in question, the check-in attendant:<br />
(1)makes sure that the old DAA tags are removed from the DAA baggage;<br />
(2)fills out all parts of the specific DAA tag and makes sure that it is attached to the baggage;<br />
(3)provides the passenger with a DAA tag receipt;
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 32 of 165<br />
(4)leaves the baggage to be carried by the passenger.<br />
The passenger will carry the DAA baggage until the moment of boar<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft at the stairs<br />
where it will be collected under the aircraft and loaded in the hold last, after the checked baggage has<br />
been loaded; upon flight arrival, the DAA baggage will be unloaded imme<strong>di</strong>ately from the hold and<br />
made available to the passengers for collection on the ground before they <strong>di</strong>sembark the aircraft.
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 33 of 165<br />
– Aircraft Support Area – Standard Operating Procedures<br />
The Ramp Area process has the purpose of managing the information and documents that concern<br />
flight support from the moment of its matrix creation in DCS up until take off and collecting paper copies<br />
of all documentation regar<strong>di</strong>ng its transit.<br />
The operating <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for the Ramp Area process are:<br />
(1)Matrix and movement management<br />
(2)Data management of the day flight<br />
(3)Balancing the aircraft day flight (Load Control)<br />
(4)Day flight ramp (Load Supervision)<br />
(5)Collection and filing of documentation<br />
(6)Parking management (stands)<br />
The support services and <strong>procedure</strong>s described here that are carried out by AGS within the scope<br />
of the Ramp Area operating sector pertinent to Aircraft Support upon arrival, in transit and upon<br />
departure at the airport are carried out accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is foreseen in the Manuale <strong>di</strong> <strong>Aeroporto</strong><br />
Genova (Genova Airport Manual) and Regolamento <strong>di</strong> Scalo (Airport Regulations) to which reference<br />
is constantly made.<br />
2.1.4 Procedure in the case of <strong>di</strong>versions from other airports<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> is carried out by AGS as specified in annex A.<br />
2.1.5 - Matrix and movement management<br />
When the flight operation data is received from the airline, the CSS (Airport Service Manager) enters it in<br />
the airport DCS to generate flight matrixes.<br />
The data is entered for scheduled/charter flights, entering the seasonal and weekly operational periods<br />
and for non-scheduled flights (<strong>di</strong>verted-technical lan<strong>di</strong>ng), with the exclusion of Alitalia.<br />
Also the SITA addresses of the agencies and airports involved with flight movements are entered<br />
among the matrix data.<br />
All movement data regar<strong>di</strong>ng the in<strong>di</strong>vidual daily flights are managed and entered in the airport DCS<br />
for being sent to the involved agencies.<br />
This activity concerns sen<strong>di</strong>ng messages regar<strong>di</strong>ng arrivals, departures, delays and slots.<br />
2.1.6 - Data management of the day flight<br />
Day flight control and data management <strong>procedure</strong><br />
(1)Opening the flight. The flight is opened by UCV so that the check-in area can perform the checkin<br />
<strong>operations</strong>.<br />
(2)Flight data check. The flight data is checked or loaded by UCV so that the weight and balance<br />
attendant can carry out the pre-balancing <strong>operations</strong> for the issuing of the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions (LIS).<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 34 of 165<br />
(3)Passenger list check. The list of reserved passengers on the flight is checked if it is received and<br />
complete, otherwise CSS will retrieve the information.<br />
(4)Continuous flight control. The passenger check-in flow is constantly controlled by UCV. UCV<br />
controls the checking-in of PRM passengers or passengers who reserved special services and the<br />
information is provided to the other involved areas.<br />
(5)Closing the flight. UCV closes the check-in for the flight for other passengers after having<br />
checked the coherency and completeness of the data entered for the flight and within the time<br />
required by the airline and the operating <strong>standard</strong>s for the flight.<br />
2.1.7 – Balancing the day flight<br />
The data of the load reserved on the day flight is checked for planning a loa<strong>di</strong>ng program of the<br />
aircraft operating the flight.<br />
If any of this data is missing, the required values must be retrieved.<br />
The balancing process for the day flight is done in two steps<br />
(1) Initial pre-balancing for issuing the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions;<br />
(2) Final flight balancing for issuing the Loadsheet;<br />
2.1.7.1 – Pre-balancing data control (JAA, JAR-OPS Subpart J)<br />
The structural values for the aircraft and the commercial load are defined in the following paragraph and<br />
as in<strong>di</strong>cated by the Carrier in its <strong>operations</strong> <strong>manual</strong>.<br />
During the pre-loa<strong>di</strong>ng phases, the structural values of the aircraft and the paying load (understood as<br />
passengers with their baggage, cargo and seat) are checked and verified. Checks and verifications are<br />
also made to ensure that the maximum load and balancing weight values for the aircraft have not been<br />
exceeded.<br />
In particular, the following is checked and corrected if necessary<br />
(1) The Dry Operating Weight of the aircraft. This is the aircraft weight that is ready for a specific<br />
type of operation, exclu<strong>di</strong>ng the fuel and paying load. This value includes<br />
(a)Crew and crew baggage;<br />
(b)Catering and all equipment that can be removed from the passenger cabin;<br />
(c)Potable water for the onboard toilets;<br />
For some carriers, the aircraft’s dry operating weight may include:<br />
(a)Flight kit;<br />
(b)The weight of the ULD.<br />
(2) Maximum aircraft load weight.<br />
(a)Maximum zero fuel weight. This is the maximum weight permitted for the aircraft, exclu<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
fuel. Any fuel that is contained in a particular tank and used for balancing must be included<br />
in this value;<br />
(b)Maximum take-off weight. This is the maximum weight permitted for the aircraft at the<br />
start of take-off;<br />
(c) Maximum lan<strong>di</strong>ng weight. This is the maximum weight permitted for the aircraft upon<br />
lan<strong>di</strong>ng;<br />
(3) Maximum aircraft compartment load weight.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 35 of 165<br />
(a)Maximum compartment load weight;<br />
(b)Maximum floor load weight;<br />
(c)Maximum linear load weight;<br />
(d) Maximum combined load weight;<br />
(4) Passenger classification. For the purposes of the traffic load, its <strong>di</strong>stribution and the aircraft<br />
balancing calculation, passengers are classified as follows<br />
(a)Adults, men and women, are defined as people aged 12 and above;<br />
(b)Children are defined as people between the ages of 2 and 11;<br />
(c) Infants are defined as people below the age of two.<br />
(5) Traffic Load. This is the total weight of the passengers, their unchecked and/or checked baggage,<br />
the cargo and mail inclu<strong>di</strong>ng all non-paying loads (airline service items, etc.).<br />
Based on the above defined aircraft and weight load values, a pre-balancing will be done for the<br />
traffic load foreseen for the flight, which includes the following data<br />
(1)Fuel. The amount of fuel foreseen for the flight that is shown on the flight plan (fuel at aircraft<br />
block--on, burned and for taxiing) or as in<strong>di</strong>cated by the Captain is entered in DCS;<br />
(2)Passengers. A check is made if the weight of the passengers is consistent with what has been<br />
requested by the Carrier, checking the <strong>di</strong>vision of the passengers between men and women, using the<br />
<strong>standard</strong> <strong>di</strong>fferentiation of their weight if requested. If required by the Carrier’s operational <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
and in the case of special flights (ex. transporting Armed Forces, sports teams), the real weight must be<br />
used if prepared by the Carrier;<br />
(3) Baggage. A check is made if the value of the baggage weight foreseen for the pre-balancing is on<br />
board and reflects the information provided by the airline (<strong>standard</strong> weight or real weight);<br />
(4) Cargo. The documents provided by the Cargo Office and the coherence of the received<br />
documentation (cargo manifest, any weighing list and notes related to special or dangerous goods)<br />
are checked with the data entered in DCS;<br />
(5) Mail. If it is loaded onto scheduled flights through the Cargo Warehouse, the documentation<br />
provided by the Cargo Office and the coherence of the received documentation (mail manifest,<br />
weighing list, if necessary) is checked with the data entered in DCS. If it is loaded onto a night-time<br />
postal flight, the data transmitted by the Italian Postal Office is entered in the DCS.<br />
Then a check is made if any special services have been reserved (UNMR, WCH, etc.) and the seats<br />
are preassigned accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the airline instructions.<br />
Information notes are entered, if necessary, that will appear on the loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions for the AGS<br />
Attendant regar<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
(1)the presence of passengers requiring special assistance and their preassignments;<br />
(2)baggage loa<strong>di</strong>ng information (separation between baggage with a local destination, transit<br />
baggage, baggage in a particular class, rush baggage, etc.;<br />
(3)the presence of special or dangerous goods;<br />
(4)the presence of mail;<br />
(5)how the load of the baggage, cargo and mail is <strong>di</strong>stributed in the aircraft hold.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 36 of 165<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng incompatibilities when transporting live animals<br />
The following instructions and loa<strong>di</strong>ng principals must be complied with during each<br />
phase of transporting animals that have been placed on board as cargo or unchecked<br />
baggage<br />
(1) In general, live animals may not be stowed near other cargo shipments that may<br />
have a negative impact on their health;<br />
(2) Animals of species that are rivals or hostile with each other (dogs and cats) cannot<br />
be loaded in the same compartment and animals of the opposite sex of the same species<br />
must be loaded as far as possible from each other;<br />
(3) It is important that incompatibilities with special cargo are observed, such as dry ice<br />
(ICE), food (EAT) and human remains (HUM) and dangerous goods such as cryogenic<br />
liquids (RCL), poisonous substances (RPB), infective substances (RIS);<br />
(4) Live animals can be loaded into the same compartment with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive substance<br />
(RRY) in compliance with the minimum required <strong>di</strong>stances;<br />
(5) Ramp handling and movement of live animal shipments:<br />
(a) The ground transport and the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng of the animals must be done so that<br />
the animals are not frightened or entangled;<br />
(b) The animals must be loaded into a ventilated and pressurised hold that will not be<br />
completely filled so they can breathe;<br />
(c) These shipments must be unloaded as soon as possible and remain protected from<br />
bad weather and from sunlight while being stored and waiting;<br />
(6) Stowage on the aircraft.<br />
(a) Live animals may not be placed on board in a closed ULD except for some species<br />
(tropical fish);<br />
(b) Bulk parcels and ULD containing live animals must be anchored on board the<br />
aircraft to prevent them from moving and the animals from falling.<br />
The purpose of the careful check during the pre-balancing phase is to define an estimated<br />
Zero Fuel Weight (ZFW) that is as exact as possible for calculating the necessary fuel and any<br />
available underload.<br />
2.1.7.2 - Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions (LIS)<br />
The Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions (US) may be issued <strong>manual</strong>ly or automatically by the airport EDP in<br />
compliance with what is in<strong>di</strong>cated by IATA –Airport Handling Manual (AHM 514-515), JAA - JAR-OPS 1<br />
subpart J and any Carrier instructions.<br />
The Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions (LIS) are issued after the previously described checks have been completed.<br />
This document is mandatory for all flights and for all types of aircraft departing the airport (scheduled<br />
and charter flights).<br />
The document may only be issued by a person who has been instructed and trained to do so in<br />
compliance with the Operational Training Procedures described in this <strong>manual</strong>.<br />
The Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions include at least the following information:<br />
(1) a header row with the flight data (flight number, engine, date, airport of departure, etc);<br />
(2) the pre-balancing data related to the load <strong>di</strong>stribution in the holds;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 37 of 165<br />
(3) information regar<strong>di</strong>ng special passenger assistance, if required;<br />
(4) information regar<strong>di</strong>ng special cargo and loads, if required;<br />
(5) any other information required by the Ramp Attendant in order to assist the aircraft upon arrival and<br />
departure.<br />
(6) the signature of the Ramp Attendant confirming that the flight was loaded based on the issued<br />
instructions.<br />
The purpose of issuing the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions is to guarantee that:<br />
(1) the maximum weight and operating values of the aircraft, as defined above, are never<br />
exceeded;<br />
(2) the aircraft can be loaded and the passengers seated on board so that the aircraft balancing<br />
con<strong>di</strong>tions are within the limits foreseen and required by the Carrier.<br />
All changes made to the <strong>di</strong>stribution in<strong>di</strong>cated in Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions is reported and calculated in order to<br />
have the Loadsheet issued by the Weight and Balance Attendant. This document, which is signed by the<br />
Ramp Attendant, reports what has been actually loaded in terms of the number of baggage items, the weight<br />
of the cargo and the loaded mail.<br />
2.1.7.3 - Loadsheet (LDS)<br />
The Loadsheet (LDS) may be issued <strong>manual</strong>ly or automatically by the airport EDP in compliance with<br />
what is in<strong>di</strong>cated by IATA –Airport Handling Manual (AHM), JAA - JAR-OPS and any Carrier<br />
instructions.<br />
This document is required for all flights and for all types of aircraft departing the airport, with the<br />
exclusion of General Aviation flights.<br />
The document may only be issued by a person who has been instructed and trained to do so in<br />
compliance with the Operational Training Procedures described in this Manual.<br />
The Loadsheet (LDS) provides the Captain with exact information regar<strong>di</strong>ng the load and its<br />
<strong>di</strong>stribution on board the aircraft, determining that the maximum load and balancing values of the aircraft<br />
are not exceeded.<br />
The person who compiled the Loadsheet places his name on the document and then signs it.<br />
After the flight check-in has been closed by the load control agent, he will issue the Loadsheet,<br />
checking the following:<br />
(1)coherency and completeness of the data entered for the aircraft;<br />
(2)flight load, making any corrections;<br />
(3)the balancing of the flight, making any corrections or forcing, and finally<br />
The person who supervised the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of the aircraft will receive a signed Loadsheet from the load<br />
control agent and deliver it to the Captain, who will countersign the document in acceptance of the load<br />
and the balancing, keep the original with the onboard documentation and deliver a signed copy to the<br />
airport for filing.<br />
The Loadsheet contains the following information<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 38 of 165<br />
(1)the flight number in accordance with the scheduled number or what was specified by the Carrier’s<br />
Operations Office (number and day);<br />
(2)aircraft registration name;<br />
(3)aircraft type;<br />
(4)signature of the Captain who accepts the document;<br />
(5)signature of the person who prepared the document;<br />
(6)version of the aircraft in accordance with the type of aircraft, cabin configuration and, in the case of<br />
cargo or combi aircraft, the ULD load configuration;<br />
(7)Crew composition;<br />
(8)DOW/DOI and pantry code, in accordance with Carrier requirements;<br />
(9)weight of the fuel upon take-off and the amount of fuel used for taxiing, in accordance with the<br />
information provided by the Captain,<br />
(10)maximum aircraft MTOW, MZFW and MLDW weights, in accordance with what is required by the<br />
Carrier or the information provided by the Captain;<br />
(11)transit data in accordance with the LDM message;<br />
(12)the number of passengers and baggage weight, based on information from the Check-in Area;<br />
(13)the weight of the cargo and mail loaded at the airport, based on information from the Cargo Office;<br />
(14)the <strong>di</strong>stribution of the load in the holds and of the passengers in the cabin zones in accordance with the<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions and any changes that were made during the loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(15)the aircraft’s underload value;<br />
(16)the values of MAC at ZFW and the TRIM values for the aircraft, as required by the Carrier;<br />
(17)LMC corrections made by the weight and balance Attendant, if any, after the document was issued.<br />
By signing the Loadsheet 1 , the weight and balance Attendant confirms that:<br />
(1)the technical data of the aircraft has been verified and corrected if necessary;<br />
(2)the load data was controlled with what was reported and required by the prebalancing<br />
or Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instruction document, any changes in<strong>di</strong>cated by the Load Control<br />
office were made and correspond to the load actually on board the aircraft at the<br />
moment the document is issued.<br />
IATA, AHM 591, Signature <strong>procedure</strong>s in airport handling/cargo (responsibility and<br />
accountability).<br />
If the Loadsheet is filled out <strong>di</strong>rectly by the flight Captain, the Weight and Balance Attendant is<br />
responsible for controlling and checking that the entered data is correct, with particular attention to the<br />
data regar<strong>di</strong>ng crew composition, the version of offered seats, the total load weight and the underload<br />
calculation with regard to the declared MTOW.<br />
If the Weight and Balance Attendant should <strong>di</strong>scover any errors in the document, he must inform his<br />
manager imme<strong>di</strong>ately to decide which actions are necessary.<br />
2.1.7.4 - Messaging<br />
The messaging required by the airline is sent to the involved airports.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 39 of 165<br />
The required messaging includes messages related to flight movement, arrival and departure<br />
(MVT/MVA);<br />
(1) messages related to flight delays or <strong>di</strong>versions (DIV,RQM);<br />
(2) messages related to continuing passengers (PTM);<br />
(3) messages related to passengers requiring special assistance (PSM);<br />
(4) flight load messages (ALI,LDM,CPM);<br />
(5) messages related to the Carrier’s ULD check (UCM,SCM);<br />
(6) special messages required by the airline (FMM,PFS,SLS);<br />
(7) any correction messages (COR).<br />
ENAC, Circular APT-08C, Procedures for the application of articles 801 and 802of the Navigation Code, in relation to the new<br />
responsibilities of Airport Management;<br />
IATA, AHM 780, Aircraft movement message.<br />
IATA, AHM 781, Aircraft <strong>di</strong>version message.<br />
IATA, AHM 783, Request information message.<br />
IATA, AHM 583, Load<br />
message.<br />
IATA, AHM 587, Container/pallet <strong>di</strong>stribution message.<br />
IATA, AHM 424, Unit load device control message.<br />
IATA, AHM 423, Unit load device stock check message.<br />
IATA, AHM 782, Fuel monitoring message.<br />
IATA, AHM 711, Standards for message corrections<br />
– Single Carrier Declaration. Load and print all fiscal data regar<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft<br />
(configuration, maximum weight at take-off), the flight (airport of arrival,<br />
transit or destination) and the load (passengers, baggage, cargo and mail)<br />
that is entered in the airport DCS in order to prepare and print the Single<br />
Carrier Declaration and the Airport log.<br />
The declaration of the arriving or departing Carrier is printed by the Weight and Balance Attendant<br />
and placed in the flight’s file for data archiving.<br />
2.1.7.5 Stand management<br />
The stands are managed by AGS as specified in annex B<br />
2.1.7.6 Agreement between <strong>Aeroporto</strong> Di Genova S.p.A. and Enav S.p.A. –<br />
C.A.A.V. Genova, finalised to ensure the orderly movement of aircraft,<br />
other vehicles and personnel on the aircraft parking apron.<br />
This is managed by AGS accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the <strong>procedure</strong> described in annex C.<br />
2.1.8 -– Ramp – Standard Operating Procedures<br />
2.1.8.1 - Aircraft Marshalling (Aircraft Moving)<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 40 of 165<br />
The following <strong>procedure</strong> defines the methods and sequence of executing the aircraft movement <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
The aircraft movement <strong>operations</strong> are carried out by the Marshaller (OUA) and <strong>di</strong>rected by UCV that<br />
defines the stand.<br />
The <strong>manual</strong> signalling activities are executed through conventional messages contained in ICAO<br />
<strong>standard</strong>s and reported by IATA and AGS.<br />
The operating <strong>procedure</strong> is fully reported and described in the Airport Manual MA/GOA/PROC130<br />
The moving and marshalling signalling and <strong>operations</strong> can be <strong>di</strong>vided into<br />
(1)Moving and signalling <strong>operations</strong> for arriving aircraft; and<br />
(2)Moving and signalling <strong>operations</strong> for departing aircraft, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the starting <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
(a) General aircraft marshalling requirements<br />
The prerequisite for every marshalling function is<br />
(1)a thorough knowledge of the marshalling signals;<br />
(2) and that the signals are made in a clear and precise manner so that they cannot create uncertainty<br />
or confusion.<br />
The arriving aircraft is parked at the stand foreseen by the Marshaller (OUA) in accordance with the<br />
safety con<strong>di</strong>tions for moving and assisting the aircraft.<br />
Only personnel trained in making the marshalling signals may perform the following tasks.<br />
Before starting the marshalling <strong>operations</strong> for the arriving aircraft, the Attendant must ensure that<br />
(1)the aircraft movement area is free from obstacles and from any other object (FOD) that could<br />
compromise aircraft safety;<br />
(2)during the parking <strong>operations</strong>, no obstacle comes between the Marshaller and the aircraft that<br />
could cause the visual contact between the two to be lost at any moment;<br />
(3)personnel assigned to carrying out the <strong>operations</strong> are provided and equipped with all devices and<br />
equipment necessary in order to comply with personal safety regulations.<br />
If there is not enough space in the stand for the aircraft to make the turn for reaching the taxiing<br />
runway, or by choice of the aircraft Captain, the aircraft may be moved using a push-back operation.<br />
The Captain may carry out the parking manoeuvre autonomously in self-parking mode, following the<br />
entrance, turn and stop lines with the aircraft’s wheel.<br />
After the aircraft has landed and taxied to the entrance hol<strong>di</strong>ng point in the aircraft apron, the aircraft<br />
is accompanied, if requested by the aircraft CPT, by the Follow-me service attendant (OUA) to the<br />
assigned stand where the Marshaller will complete the parking <strong>operations</strong> using the specific foreseen<br />
<strong>manual</strong> signals.<br />
When connecting to a loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridge, the DGS system (Docking Guidance System), will guide the<br />
aircraft to the stop position.<br />
(b) Aircraft parking safety <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
The following safety <strong>procedure</strong>s must always be observed and respected.<br />
(1)The signals and communication with the arriving aircraft are only performed by personnel that are<br />
<strong>di</strong>rectly assigned to and responsible for the signalling or by a Marshaller, always using the signal<br />
wands or flashlights in the case of reduced visibility;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 41 of 165<br />
(2)During the aircraft parking operation, the Marshaller will always keep a safety <strong>di</strong>stance between<br />
himself and the aircraft engines;<br />
(3)The aircraft is always approached from a <strong>di</strong>rection that always guarantees visual contact between<br />
the Marshaller and the Captain;<br />
(4)The Marshaller who communicates the “all-clear” signal to the Captain is positioned in front of<br />
the aircraft and slightly to the left side;<br />
(5)During aircraft parking <strong>operations</strong>, no obstacle, vehicle, ramp equipment or personnel responsible<br />
for loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft may enter the aircraft movement area between the Marshaller and<br />
the aircraft itself.<br />
(c) Aircraft manoeuvring. Arrival <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
Upon arrival the aircraft park in self-parking mode as reported in AIP, both for remote parking and<br />
bridges. Upon specific request by the Captain, the aircraft is parked with the assistance of the Follow-me<br />
service. At the stand, the Marshaller is only required for signalling chock positioning.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 42 of 165<br />
Procedures for aircraft arrival <strong>operations</strong> at a remote stand<br />
Cockpit<br />
( i Knowing the stand that has been assigned,<br />
) the Cpt enters the parking area from the<br />
taxiway following the entrance line<br />
marked on the ground<br />
ii) The Cpt follows the in<strong>di</strong>cations of the<br />
signals until the stop signal<br />
(iii) The Cpt shuts off the engines and, after<br />
the chocks inserted signal, releases the<br />
aircraft brakes.<br />
(iv) After the chocks and equipment have been<br />
positioned, the aircraft hold and doors can<br />
be opened<br />
Ground<br />
The Marshaller positions himself at the<br />
designated stand<br />
The Marshaller provides the chocks<br />
required for the aircraft<br />
With the engines shut off, the ramp<br />
attendant communicates Block-on to the<br />
Tower<br />
The OUA positions the necessary<br />
equipment under the aircraft<br />
Procedure for aircraft arrival <strong>operations</strong> at the bridge<br />
( i<br />
)<br />
ii)<br />
Cockpit<br />
Knowing the stand that has been<br />
assigned, the Cpt enters the parking area<br />
from the taxiway following the entrance<br />
line marked on the ground and the<br />
in<strong>di</strong>cations of the DGS system (Docking<br />
Guidance System) to the stop position<br />
The Cpt follows the signals until the<br />
aircraft stops at the STOP signalled by the<br />
approach system; shuts off the engines;<br />
the chocks are inserted; after which he<br />
can release the aircraft brakes<br />
Ground<br />
The Marshaller positions himself at the<br />
designated stand<br />
OUA positions the necessary ramp<br />
equipment.<br />
The ramp attendant communicates block-on<br />
to the TWR, provides the connection<br />
information to the Cpt and authorises<br />
passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkment.<br />
(d) Aircraft manoeuvring. Departure <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
When departing, the aircraft can move in self-manoeuvring mode accor<strong>di</strong>ng to AIP or in Push-Back<br />
if necessary.<br />
When carrying out the aircraft departure <strong>operations</strong>, the following <strong>procedure</strong>s are possible<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 43 of 165<br />
(1)departure from a remote stand;<br />
(2)bridge departure (push-back);<br />
Procedures for aircraft departure <strong>operations</strong> from a remote stand<br />
Cockpit<br />
Ground<br />
(i) The CPT communicates to the ramp<br />
attendant that the flight is closed<br />
ii) The Cpt requests TWR for authorisation to<br />
start. Once obtained and after turning on the<br />
anti-collision lights, the Cpt asks to start the<br />
first engine in the sequence accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the<br />
<strong>procedure</strong> (engine 4 for a four-engined<br />
aircraft or engine 2 for a two-engined<br />
aircraft) and the others in a reverse order.<br />
(iii) The Cpt manoeuvres from the stand<br />
toward the taxiway<br />
The OUA removes all equipment from<br />
under the aircraft. At the end of the flight<br />
turnround and walk around support<br />
<strong>operations</strong>, the ramp attendant<br />
communicates the Ready status to the<br />
Tower<br />
After receiving instructions from the CPT,<br />
the Marshaller removes the chocks<br />
The Marshaller checks that the<br />
manoeuvre area is clear, that there is<br />
nothing that obstacles aircraft departure,<br />
that no other aircraft that cannot be seen<br />
from onboard arrives from the taxiway<br />
and then transmits the clear signal to the<br />
Cpt, following aircraft movement until it<br />
is <strong>di</strong>rected toward the taxiway<br />
Procedures for aircraft departure <strong>operations</strong> from the bridge (push-back);<br />
Cockpit<br />
Ground<br />
(<br />
i<br />
)<br />
Preparation:<br />
The CPT communicates to the ramp<br />
attendant that the flight is closed<br />
The OUA removes all equipment from<br />
under the aircraft. At the end of the flight<br />
turnround and walk around support<br />
<strong>operations</strong>, the ramp attendant<br />
communicates the Ready status to the<br />
Tower<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 44 of 165<br />
ii)<br />
(iii<br />
)<br />
The Cpt requests TWR for authorisation<br />
to start and carries out the push-back<br />
<strong>operations</strong>. Once obtained and after<br />
turning on the anti-collision lights, the<br />
Cpt confirms to have received the<br />
authorisation “to move” and that he<br />
wants to start the push-back<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s. The Cpt speaks <strong>di</strong>rectly<br />
with the ramp attendant through the<br />
headset<br />
Once the push-back <strong>operations</strong> are<br />
complete, the Cpt requests TWR for<br />
authorisation to move toward the taxiway.<br />
(e) Aircraft manoeuvring. Aircraft manoeuvring signals<br />
The ramp attendant checks that the<br />
movement area involved in the push-back<br />
operation is clear and then carries out the<br />
<strong>operations</strong> in compliance with the<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s. After receiving instructions<br />
from the ramp attendant, the Marshaller<br />
removes the chocks The OUA attendant<br />
starts the push-back operation<br />
The attendant communicates the end of<br />
the push-back operation to the cpt, has<br />
the OUA attendant move away and<br />
transmits the cleared signal to the CPT<br />
from a secure zone.<br />
Figure 1<br />
To get the attention of the Captain/Pilot. To take over the control of the <strong>operations</strong><br />
Arms raised in a vertical position with palms facing forward.<br />
Hold the wands and flashlights up over your head so they can be well seen.<br />
Meaning: I am taking over control of the movements. You will take orders only from me.<br />
Figure 2<br />
This apron. This position<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 45 of 165<br />
Wands or flashlights held up in front of you. Move the wands/flashlights toward you, moving them<br />
above your head.<br />
Figure 3<br />
Next apron. Next parking position<br />
Figure 4<br />
Move forward. To have the aircraft move toward you<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 46 of 165<br />
Stretch out your arms at elbow height and move the wands/flashlights from waist height upward. The<br />
speed at which the wands/flashlights are moved in<strong>di</strong>cate the recommended aircraft speed. By slowing<br />
down the signalling speed, you can in<strong>di</strong>cate to the aircraft to slowdown its approach.<br />
Figure 5<br />
To have the aircraft turn to the right (to the left of the Marshaller)<br />
Left arm and left hand outward at elbow height. Right arm bent and move the wand/flashlight toward you.<br />
The speed at which the wands/flashlights are moved in<strong>di</strong>cate the recommended speed at which the<br />
aircraft should turn to the right.<br />
Figure 6<br />
To have the aircraft turn to the left (to the right of the Marshaller)<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 47 of 165<br />
\<br />
Right arm and right hand outward<br />
at elbow height. Left arm bent and<br />
move the wand/flashlight toward<br />
you. The speed at which the<br />
wands/flashlights are moved<br />
in<strong>di</strong>cate the recommended speed at which the aircraft should turn to the left.<br />
Figure 7<br />
To slow down the aircraft<br />
Wands/flashlights held downward. Move them downward to in<strong>di</strong>cate to the aircraft to slowdown.<br />
Figure 0.20acres<br />
To stop the aircraft. Stop<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 48 of 165<br />
Move your arms above your<br />
wands or flashlights above your<br />
head and slowly cross the<br />
head.<br />
Figure 8b<br />
To stop the aircraft in an emergency<br />
The same movements for a normal stop but with a quicker movement to in<strong>di</strong>cate the urgency of the<br />
stopping <strong>procedure</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 49 of 165<br />
Figure 9<br />
Keep your position. Stand-by<br />
Hold the wands/flashlights downward at a 45° angle. Hold this position until the aircraft is ready and can<br />
perform another manoeuvre.<br />
Figure 10<br />
Positioning and removing chocks<br />
Positioning chocks: Move the wands/flashlights above your head and move them outward.<br />
Removing chocks: Move the wands/flashlights above your head and move them outward.<br />
Figure 11<br />
Brakes engaged or released<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MOP<br />
Revision: 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 50 of 165<br />
Right arm and hand lifted horizontally to your right. The palm of your hand facing outward. The movement<br />
of closing your hand in a fist or sprea<strong>di</strong>ng out your fingers in<strong>di</strong>cates, respectively, the command to engage<br />
or release the aircraft brakes. Brakes engaged: Hold your hand open and close your fingers. Brakes<br />
released: Keep your hand closed and stretch out your fingers.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 51 of 165<br />
Figure 12<br />
End of marshalling <strong>operations</strong><br />
Make a type of military salute toward the aircraft with your right hand.<br />
Upon aircraft departure, after having made the “cleared” signal, always keep visual contact with<br />
the crew until the aircraft has started taxiing.<br />
The military salute signal may be substituted by lifting the right wand/flashlight above your head.<br />
Figure 13<br />
Start <strong>operations</strong>. Procedure<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 52 of 165<br />
Raise the right wand/flashlight and move it circularly to in<strong>di</strong>cate to the Captain that the start<br />
<strong>operations</strong> can be started and at the same time in<strong>di</strong>cate the engine that is being started with the left<br />
wand/flashlight.<br />
Lift the appropriate number of fingers on your left hand to in<strong>di</strong>cate the number of the engine to<br />
start and at the same time turn your right hand as shown in the figure to in<strong>di</strong>cate to the Captain that<br />
the engine can be started.<br />
The operation is repeated for all aircraft engines, following the start sequence. Remember that aircraft<br />
engines are numbered starting from the outer left engine (right for the parking attendant) to the outer<br />
right engine, whereas the start <strong>procedure</strong> starts from the outer right engine (left for the parking<br />
attendant) to the outer left engine.<br />
Figure 14<br />
To cut the engine<br />
Left hand above your shoulder and right wand/flashlight in front of you at neck height. Use your left<br />
hand to in<strong>di</strong>cate the number of the engine to be cut. Move your right arm from the left to the right<br />
and vice versa, moving your hand across your neck to request the in<strong>di</strong>cated engine to be cut.<br />
Figure 15<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 53 of 165<br />
To have engine RPM reduced.<br />
With your arms lowered and the wands pointed toward the ground, swing the right or left<br />
wand/flashlight to in<strong>di</strong>cate the engine that should be slowed down.<br />
Figure 16<br />
Presence of fire<br />
ENGINE<br />
BRAKES<br />
Move the right wand/flashlight from your shoulder to your knee in a figure eight movement,<br />
while with the left wand/flashlight point upward to in<strong>di</strong>cate fire in an engine or downward to<br />
in<strong>di</strong>cate fire in the brakes of the aircraft.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 54 of 165<br />
Figure 17<br />
Push back <strong>operations</strong><br />
With your arms in front of your chest, turn your right forearm in a clockwise <strong>di</strong>rection and your left<br />
forearm in a counterclockwise <strong>di</strong>rection, to make the aircraft stop, use the normal STOP signals (fig.<br />
8a and/or 8b).<br />
Figure 18a<br />
Have the tail of the aircraft turn left during the push back<br />
Point your left arm with the wand downward. Lift your right arm to a vertical position; lower and<br />
lift your right stretched out arm to have the aircraft tail turn to the left<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 55 of 165<br />
Figure 18b<br />
Have the tail of the aircraft turn right during the push back<br />
Point your right arm with the wand downward. Lift your left arm to a vertical position; lower and<br />
lift your left stretched out arm to have the aircraft tail turn to the right<br />
Figure 19<br />
Wingwalker,<br />
this movement by the wingwalker toward the Marshaller/push back operator in<strong>di</strong>cates that<br />
nothing is obstructing aircraft movement during the push back (in and/or out).<br />
Lift your right arm to a vertical position with the wand turned upward; point your left arm downward<br />
and make small swinging movements with the wand.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 56 of 165<br />
Figure 20<br />
To connect or <strong>di</strong>sconnect ramp equipment<br />
Alzare <strong>di</strong> fronte a sé il braccio sinistro e mano con le <strong>di</strong>ta estese orizzontalmente.<br />
Connect ramp equipment: move your right hand vertically upward until touching the palm of your<br />
left hand.<br />
Disconnect ramp equipment: move your right hand vertically downward,<br />
moving it away from your left hand.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 57 of 165<br />
Figure 21 Affirmative.<br />
Negative<br />
Right wand/flashlight held upward to communicate a positive answer. This signal is also used to<br />
communicate “all ok” at the end of marshalling <strong>operations</strong> upon arrival and/or “all clear” at the<br />
end of marshalling <strong>operations</strong> upon departure and to start taxiing. Right wand/flashlight held<br />
downward to communicate a negative answer.<br />
(f) Aircraft manoeuvring. Helicopter manoeuvring signals<br />
Figure 1<br />
Stay up<br />
Arms lifted horizontally. Stay up in the air and do not move.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 58 of 165<br />
Figura2<br />
Move downward/move upward<br />
MOVE<br />
DOWNWARD<br />
MOVE UPWARD<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 59 of 165<br />
(f) Jet-blast and engine prevention<br />
The below drawing shows the engine danger areas when an aircraft is moving. Engines can intake<br />
objects in front of them and output hot air at a high speed. This intake is called intake suction whereas<br />
the rear jet is a jet-blast. Intake suction can intake objects or people up to a <strong>di</strong>stance of 20 ft. The jetblast<br />
varies depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the aircraft and engine power. For a BAC 1-11, A320 or B737 aircraft model,<br />
the air jet can be felt up to 250 ft.; for a B747 or B767 aircraft the jet arrives up to 600 ft.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 60 of 165<br />
(g) Use of the automatic DGS system (Docking Guidance System) for aircraft parked at<br />
bridges<br />
The automatic parking system at the loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridges is managed by OUA personnel as follows:<br />
(1) The AGS office (UCV) manages the aircraft stands 24 hours a day;<br />
(2) When the flight is near lan<strong>di</strong>ng, the OUA attendant turns on the system, entering the<br />
type of aircraft;<br />
(3) When the flight enters the parking area, the docking system guides the aircraft to the stop<br />
position using a vertical <strong>di</strong>splay that shows the <strong>di</strong>stance from the stop position and makes<br />
the aircraft stop once it is reached;<br />
(4) Once the aircraft has stopped, the system turns off the horizontal luminous path.<br />
(h) Ramp markings<br />
To make <strong>operations</strong> easier both for the pilots as well as for the ground crew, the access to the<br />
parking apron is guided by horizontal markings consisting of continuous and broken yellow lines<br />
along which the front wheel of the aircraft must be maintained.<br />
2.1.8.2 Aircraft parking (Aircraft Stopped)<br />
The loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng support vehicles and equipment are positioned behind the restriction lines<br />
before the aircraft arrives at its parking position.<br />
No support vehicle or equipment can approach the aircraft until it has completely stopped at its<br />
parking position, cut the engines and turned off the anti-collision lights (only the GPU may approach<br />
the aircraft in the case of aircraft APU failure).<br />
Support vehicles and equipment with mobile platforms (elevators, cargo loaders, passenger stairs)<br />
are not placed near the aircraft with the platforms raised. The vehicle must first stop in its foreseen<br />
position and then lift the mobile platform.<br />
Attention must always be paid to the speed at which the vehicles and equipment are moved under<br />
the aircraft.<br />
If there is not sufficient visibility or it is not possible to control the areas occupied by the vehicle<br />
or equipment, another person will help in positioning the vehicle or equipment (banksman, guideman,<br />
wingman).<br />
For the in<strong>di</strong>vidual <strong>operations</strong> that are required after the aircraft has stopped, refer to paragraph<br />
2.3.2 (Flight arrival).<br />
2.1.8.3 – Ramp communications to the flight deck<br />
Communication between the ground and the cockpit are done rigorously in English.<br />
Everything that is said, in fact, is recorded in the aircraft’s black box and is evidence of what<br />
happens and is said on the ground during the final moments prior to take-off. It therefore must be<br />
done in a <strong>standard</strong> language that can be understood by all. The phrasing, as in all communications,<br />
must be clear, precise and fundamental. During the manoeuvre and after the engines have started it<br />
becomes very loud, but nonetheless it is absolutely necessary to be understood without<br />
misunderstan<strong>di</strong>ngs.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 61 of 165<br />
2.1.8.4 – Flight preparation. Messaging and documentation<br />
The documents needed for the departing flight are collected and prepared. In particular, the following<br />
must be prepared<br />
(1) Flight plan (FPL). The following cases are possible:<br />
(a)The flight plan is requested through the Carrier’s DCS;<br />
(b)The flight plan is sent by the airline’s Flight Dispatcher <strong>di</strong>rectly to the UCV printer;<br />
(c)The flight plan is delivered <strong>di</strong>rectly by a Carrier representative.<br />
(d)The flight plan arrives via fax or e-mail;<br />
(e)The flight Captain already has the flight plan upon arrival.<br />
(2) Weather documentation (MET). The flight weather documents for conventional carriers<br />
are taken from ARO, signing a register<br />
(a) Weather folder;<br />
(b) Weather reports;<br />
(c) Wind charts<br />
(d) Low level chart, if required by the airline for that aircraft model;<br />
(e) PIB - Pre-information Bulletin, if required by the airline.<br />
(3) Cargo and mail documentation. The documentation for the cargo and mail departing on<br />
the flight is taken from the AGS Cargo Office<br />
(a)Document pouch containing the AWB for the departing cargo and/or, if required, the<br />
documentation for the departing mail;<br />
(b)Cargo manifest, to be delivered to the Weight and Balance Attendant;<br />
(c)NOTOC, or the Special Load - Notification To Captain, to be delivered to the Weight<br />
and Balance Attendant, if there is dangerous goods among the departing cargo (IATA<br />
AHM 381).<br />
There are other documents to be prepared and/or to be prepared for the flight support, such as:<br />
(1)Flight log (AZ);<br />
(2)Security check type B or equivalent;<br />
(3)Any telexes to provide to the crew (ex. routing aircraft).<br />
2.1.8.5 Crew information<br />
The crew on the departing flight is provided with the FPL/MET information and is also informed of<br />
the presence of reserved passengers who require special assistance, the presence of special and/or<br />
dangerous goods and any slot restrictions.<br />
If necessary, the Loadsheet for the arriving flight is requested together with the final fuel data<br />
for the departing flight and, if required, an estimated boar<strong>di</strong>ng time. A copy of the Loadsheet for<br />
the arriving flight and the final fuel value are transmitted to the flight weight and balancing<br />
attendant.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 62 of 165<br />
If necessary, all estimated departing delays communicated by the crew are transmitted to the Weight<br />
and Balancing Attendant (UCV). The following cases are possible<br />
(1)crew departing the airport. The communications can occur at UCV or <strong>di</strong>rectly on board<br />
the aircraft;<br />
(2)crew in transit at the airport. The communications can occur on board the aircraft in transit<br />
at the airport;<br />
(3) crew going off duty at the airport (night-time stopover or end of duty period). Crews going<br />
off duty can leave data and information for the departure the next day (ex. remaining fuel).<br />
2.1.8.6 - Load Control<br />
The Ramp Attendant, through the aircraft Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Attendants (OUA), is responsible for loa<strong>di</strong>ng the<br />
aircraft and for observing its maximum weight and balancing, as in<strong>di</strong>cated in the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
Instructions received from the Weight and Balance Attendant.<br />
The Ramp Attendant<br />
(1)inspects the load to be placed on board in order to understand if the <strong>di</strong>stribution specified in<br />
the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instruction can be respected and detect the presence of any particular items that<br />
were not signalled or reported, therefore checking the quantity of cargo and/or mail to be<br />
loaded and if it corresponds with what is reported for the <strong>di</strong>stribution. The presence and<br />
con<strong>di</strong>tion of the special or dangerous goods parcels to be placed on board must be checked;<br />
(2)transmits the load <strong>di</strong>stribution information to the Head Inspector or <strong>di</strong>rectly to the workers<br />
responsible for loa<strong>di</strong>ng (OUA) under the aircraft.<br />
2.1.8.7 Disembarkation control<br />
The Ramp Attendant controls the <strong>di</strong>sembarkation of the passengers and the unloa<strong>di</strong>ng of the inert<br />
load accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the <strong>procedure</strong>s and general rules regar<strong>di</strong>ng aircraft unloa<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
(1)Passengers. Procedures and assistance. The Ramp Attendant controls passenger<br />
<strong>di</strong>sembarkation. If the aircraft is parked at a remote stand, a bus is required. Passenger<br />
movement on the apron between the aircraft and the boar<strong>di</strong>ng gate or between the aircraft<br />
and the passenger bus during embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation <strong>operations</strong> is always supervised<br />
by assigned personnel.<br />
(2)Passenger movement between the two foreseen points is clearly in<strong>di</strong>cated either by person or<br />
by straps/rope;<br />
(3)The passenger embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation path is free from all obstacles, from ramp<br />
equipment and vehicles and the surface is kept clean;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 63 of 165<br />
.<br />
(4)The passengers, when following the embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation path, are always kept away<br />
from all aircraft protrusions, from the engines or ramp equipment that could cause injuries or<br />
bruises, as well as from the blast of air that occurs when other aircraft depart.<br />
(5)Passengers who require special assistance are <strong>di</strong>sembarked separately, following a <strong>di</strong>fferent<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>. The PRM passengers are <strong>di</strong>sembarked using a specific device and/or with the help of<br />
de<strong>di</strong>cated personnel. The UNMR passengers are accompanied <strong>di</strong>rectly from the ramp to the<br />
arrivals area and handed over to passenger assistance personnel.<br />
(6) Baggage. Disembarkation control. The unchecked baggage (DAA) taken from passengers<br />
under the aircraft upon boar<strong>di</strong>ng are unloaded and <strong>di</strong>rectly returned to passengers under the<br />
aircraft when they <strong>di</strong>sembark. Regularly tagged baggage is unloaded from the aircraft and<br />
brought to the baggage redelivery area to be redelivered to the passengers on the belts in<br />
the Arrivals area<br />
(7) Cargo. Disembarkation control. The documentation is delivered to the Cargo Office.<br />
(8) Mail control. The documentation is delivered to the Cargo Office.<br />
2.1.8.8 – Departing cargo and mail control<br />
The controls for the departing cargo and mail are <strong>di</strong>fferent in the case of an aircraft with a bulk<br />
load from the case of a containerised aircraft. In the first case, the Cargo Area positions the cargo and<br />
the mail on heavy carts separately and the Ramp Attendant checks that the weight specified on the<br />
carts corresponds with what is in<strong>di</strong>cated on the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions; in the second case the cargo<br />
and the mail are loaded <strong>di</strong>rectly on pallets or inside containers used for aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng and the OUA<br />
checks that the weight of each in<strong>di</strong>vidual pallet or container corresponds with what is in<strong>di</strong>cated in the<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions.<br />
Please note in particular:<br />
(1) Aircraft with a bulk load<br />
(a) Cargo. Check that the cargo specified on the documentation and the LIS corresponds<br />
with what is actually positioned under the aircraft for loa<strong>di</strong>ng and positioned on the carts<br />
prepared by the Cargo Area. Check for the special or dangerous goods in<strong>di</strong>cated on the<br />
documentation and the LIS, complying with the instructions provided for loa<strong>di</strong>ng the<br />
dangerous goods;<br />
(b) Mail. Check that the mail specified on the documentation and the LIS corresponds<br />
with what is actually positioned under the aircraft for loa<strong>di</strong>ng and positioned on the carts<br />
prepared by the Cargo Area;<br />
2.1.8.9 Supervision of performed services<br />
(a) Aircraft cleaning<br />
The aircraft cleaning service is provided by AGS (OUA), who carries out the aircraft cleaning service<br />
using its own personnel; the Ramp Attendant checks that the aircraft cleaning <strong>operations</strong> are being<br />
carried out accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the time schedule agreed upon with the Carrier in order to guarantee that the<br />
flight will be on time.<br />
(b) Catering. Supervision of the service provided<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 64 of 165<br />
At our airport, the Catering service is provided by Air Chef; the Ramp Attendant coor<strong>di</strong>nates<br />
with the Catering company offices to guarantee that the <strong>operations</strong> are carried out on schedule<br />
and that the flight will be on time; he receives any requests from the crew and transmits them to<br />
the Catering company offices for the supply of the requested items.<br />
(c) Refuelling. Supervision of the service provided. Checking that the safety <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
are followed.<br />
The Ramp service supervises the aircraft refuelling <strong>operations</strong>, coor<strong>di</strong>nating the <strong>operations</strong> if<br />
requested by the Carrier to refuel with passengers on board.<br />
Aircraft are not refuelled with passengers embarking or <strong>di</strong>sembarking or when passengers are on<br />
board except when following the special <strong>procedure</strong>s and current regulations.<br />
Ministry of the Interior, D. M. 30/9/85, Provisions to be observed during aircraft refuelling and as<br />
amended; JAA, JAR-OPS 1.305, Refuelling/defuelling with passengers embarking, on board or<br />
<strong>di</strong>sembarking.<br />
2.1.8.10 Load supervision and control<br />
The controls for the departing cargo and mail are <strong>di</strong>fferent in the case of an aircraft with a bulk<br />
load from the case of a containerised aircraft.<br />
(1) Aircraft with a bulk load.<br />
(a) Baggage. The Ramp Attendant supervises baggage loa<strong>di</strong>ng on the aircraft and its<br />
<strong>di</strong>stribution in the hold, following the instructions of the LIS and airline requests. The<br />
OUA counts the baggage to load on board and makes a final reconciliation to check for<br />
any <strong>di</strong>screpancies in the final amount of baggage to load on board;<br />
(b) Cargo. The Ramp Attendant supervises cargo loa<strong>di</strong>ng on the aircraft and its<br />
<strong>di</strong>stribution in the hold, following the instructions of the LIS, the regulations regar<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
special and dangerous goods as well as the airline requests and its ad<strong>di</strong>tional regulations.<br />
(c) Mail. The Ramp Attendant supervises mail loa<strong>di</strong>ng on the aircraft and its <strong>di</strong>stribution<br />
in the holds, following the instructions of the LIS and the airline requests.<br />
(3)Aircraft with a containerised load.<br />
(a) Baggage. The Ramp Attendant supervises the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of the baggage containers and<br />
their <strong>di</strong>stribution in the hold loa<strong>di</strong>ng positions, following the instructions of the LIS<br />
and the airline requests. He communicates with the baggage handlers to verify the<br />
number of baggage items loaded in each in<strong>di</strong>vidual container and makes the final<br />
reconciliation to check for any <strong>di</strong>screpancies.<br />
(b) Cargo and mail. The Ramp Attendant supervises the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of the cargo and mail<br />
containers and their <strong>di</strong>stribution in the hold loa<strong>di</strong>ng positions, following the<br />
instructions of the LIS and the airline requests.<br />
In any case, the Ramp Attendant manages any deviation from the LIS <strong>di</strong>rectly under the<br />
aircraft, making any necessary corrections and then informs the Flight Weight and Balance<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 65 of 165<br />
Attendant (UCV) of the variations. He also makes notes on the Flight Note of the time the various<br />
<strong>operations</strong> were performed under the aircraft.<br />
2.1.8.11 – Passenger embarkation supervision and control<br />
For the supervision and control of passenger embarkation, the Ramp Attendant<br />
(1)contacts the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant, coor<strong>di</strong>nating the boar<strong>di</strong>ng times based on the Ramp<br />
operation phases;<br />
(2)contacts the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant, coor<strong>di</strong>nating the boar<strong>di</strong>ng of passengers requiring special<br />
assistance.<br />
(3)waits to receive the final number of embarked passengers from the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant. If<br />
there are any changes in the reported data, he will make the corrections to the LDS through the<br />
Last Minute Change notes.<br />
(4) supervises the embarkation phases under the aircraft.<br />
2.1.8.12 Final loa<strong>di</strong>ng data coherency checks. Last minute change<br />
The Flight Weight and Balance Attendant prepares the documents to deliver to the Captain<br />
(1)Loadsheet, signed by the Flight Weight and Balance Attendant.<br />
(2)NOTOC, in the case of dangerous goods, signed by the Ramp Attendant<br />
(3)passenger list<br />
(4)List of passengers requiring special assistance.<br />
IATA, AHM 551, Last minute changes on loadsheet<br />
The appointed Ramp Attendant will deliver the documents to the Captain and the Head<br />
Cabin Attendant, checking carefully that<br />
(1)The number of passengers reported on the LDS corresponds with the number of passengers<br />
embarked on the flight, as informed by the Boar<strong>di</strong>ng Attendant; the Captain is informed of the<br />
actual <strong>di</strong>stribution of the passengers on board the aircraft in the various cabin areas in the case that<br />
the Flight Weight and Balance Attendant applies FORCED PAX DISTRIBUTION;<br />
(2)The number and <strong>di</strong>stribution of the baggage reported on the LDS corresponds to the number<br />
and <strong>di</strong>stribution of the baggage actually loaded onto the flight;<br />
(3)The weight and <strong>di</strong>stribution of the cargo and mail reported on the LDS corresponds with<br />
the weight and <strong>di</strong>stribution of the cargo and mail actually loaded onto the flight and that<br />
the LIS correctly reflects what has been actually loaded on board the aircraft.<br />
If any changes are made to the aircraft load after the Loadsheet has been issued, both regard to<br />
the number of passengers and baggage, the weight of the cargo and the mail as well as the<br />
<strong>di</strong>stribution of the load in the hold, the Ramp Attendant makes these changes on the Loadsheet,<br />
following the Last Minute Change (LMC) <strong>procedure</strong> so the reported data reflects the actual load<br />
situation on the aircraft. The LMC variations are not necessary made prior to presenting the<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 66 of 165<br />
Loadsheet to the Captain, but must always be reported on the document before it is signed by the<br />
Captain. The Captain’s copy of the Loadsheet contains all LMC variations.<br />
The appointed Ramp Attendant collects the signed copies of the Loadsheet and the NOTOC<br />
from the Captain.<br />
One copy of the Loadsheet is attached to the flight plan for filing; if required, the other copy<br />
may be delivered to the airline or the appointed supervisor.<br />
A copy of the NOTOC signed by the Captain is attached to the departing cargo documentation;<br />
the other copy is attached to the flight file for filing.<br />
2.1.8.13 – Starting and walkaround inspection <strong>operations</strong><br />
(a) General<br />
Once the ground support <strong>operations</strong> are completed and all vehicles and equipment that are not<br />
required for flight departure have been removed from under the aircraft (ex. GPU, ASU), the Ramp<br />
Attendant informs the AGS Flight Coor<strong>di</strong>nation Office (UCV) that the handling <strong>operations</strong> under<br />
the aircraft have been completed and that the flight is prepared to start (Ready) with the following<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s:<br />
(1)The start <strong>operations</strong> for the departing aircraft are carried out by the Marshaller (OUA) for<br />
aircraft parked at remote stands, in compliance with the safety con<strong>di</strong>tions for aircraft movement.<br />
If the CPT requests start support via the headset, the <strong>operations</strong> are performed by the ramp<br />
attendant.<br />
(2)Start <strong>operations</strong> involving aircraft push-back are carried out by OUA personnel with ramp<br />
attendant assistance via the headset.<br />
(b) Personal safety and precautions prior to the start <strong>operations</strong><br />
Before beginning the start <strong>operations</strong>, the Ramp Attendant checks in particular that<br />
(1)The ramp equipment (GSE) that is no longer required for the support operation has been<br />
removed from under the aircraft and parked in a specific area or at a sufficient safety <strong>di</strong>stance<br />
from the aircraft moving area;<br />
(2)Personnel assigned to aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng support are at a safe <strong>di</strong>stance from the<br />
engines and are aware that the start <strong>operations</strong> are about to begin.<br />
(3)Passenger embarkation is complete and the aircraft passenger cabin doors are closed;<br />
(4)The aircraft movement area is free from obstacles and from any other object (FOD) that<br />
could compromise aircraft safety;<br />
(c) Walkaround<br />
Before starting the start <strong>operations</strong> and once the ramp vehicles and equipment have been<br />
removed, the Ramp Attendant carries out the walkaround inspection to make sure that:<br />
(1)the by-pass pin has been correctly inserted before connecting the tow bar and/or push-back<br />
device; the by-pass pin has been removed at the end of the push-back operation;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 67 of 165<br />
(2)the tow bar is correctly positioned;<br />
(3)all aircraft doors have been closed correctly and the handles levelled with the fuselage;<br />
(4)the service doors (fuel, toilette outlet, potable water, GPU, etc.) are closed;<br />
(5)the engine’s intake and exhaust areas are free of FOD;<br />
(6)the aircraft is not damaged during the flight turnaround operation;<br />
(7)the entire aircraft parking area is free from FOD, in particular the areas in front of and<br />
behind the engines;<br />
(8)oil and/or fuel is not leaking from the engines, undercarriages or wings;<br />
(9)water is not leaking from the supply points for the potable water and the water for the<br />
onboard toilets;<br />
(10)the parking area is free of ramp vehicles and equipment.<br />
The image shows the <strong>standard</strong> path the ramp attendant follows prior to flight departure.<br />
Walk Round<br />
Sequence<br />
2.1.8.14 - Marshalling for departing flights<br />
AGS provides marshalling <strong>operations</strong> for departing aircraft in compliance with the safety con<strong>di</strong>tions<br />
for aircraft movement.<br />
The same <strong>standard</strong>s and recommendations listed in the section regar<strong>di</strong>ng Aircraft Marshalling<br />
signs (paragraph 2.2.4.1) apply to the departure <strong>operations</strong>. 2.2.4.1)<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 68 of 165<br />
2.1.8.15 – Other ramp functions<br />
Compiling and issuing extra-handling services not included in the contract;<br />
Each attendant fills out and signs the flight report, reporting the times of the ramp <strong>operations</strong> and<br />
making a note about any service anomalies;<br />
Supervision of baggage reconciliation <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
2.1.8.16 - De/anti-icing operation coor<strong>di</strong>nation<br />
During winter, AGS performs the de-icing <strong>operations</strong> for assisted flights; this activity is coor<strong>di</strong>nated by<br />
UCV as follows:<br />
(1)The de/anti-icing <strong>procedure</strong>s are regulated by internal <strong>procedure</strong>s and carried out on stand 112<br />
(2)OUA personnel attend <strong>di</strong>rectly to the anti-icing activities, using the equipment and resources<br />
that are available as well as personnel trained accor<strong>di</strong>ng to current regulations, under the<br />
supervision of the aircraft Captain or his representative.<br />
(3)at the beginning of each supply shift and each time the mixture to be supplied is varied, the<br />
Head Inspector on duty carries out a refractometric check to confirm the percentage to supply.<br />
The collected data is recorded in the dossier provided for the equipment;<br />
(4)the request for the de-icing service can be made by the Captain/Engineer both verbally to the<br />
flight ramp attendant or using the airport frequency 136.825 Mhz.<br />
(5)UCV asks about the type of requested treatment (one/two steps) as well as about the<br />
estimated time for which the service is requested to calculate the times;<br />
(6)The de-icing unit operator provides the service based upon the requested <strong>procedure</strong>; at the<br />
end of the supply he fills out the supply sheet in triplicate, which is to be signed by the<br />
Captain/Engineer/Supervisor, who keeps the original copy. At the end of the service, he will<br />
remove the second copy related to all supplies that were made and deliver them to UCV<br />
coor<strong>di</strong>nation where the data is entered in the company database, and then the copies are sent to<br />
the administrative office;<br />
(7)if a de-icing request is received for flights operated by Ryanair, the Ramp Attendant<br />
delivers the DAR-01 airline form to the Captain;<br />
(8)Equipment Maintenance personnel will fill the de-icer upon request of the operator,<br />
depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the need for anti-icing liquid and water, controlling the tank level in<strong>di</strong>cators.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 69 of 165<br />
2.1.8.17 - Engine test<br />
This is managed by AGS accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is specified in annex D.<br />
2.1.8.18 – Document collection and filing<br />
All documents related to flight arrival, transit and departure are placed in separate files for each<br />
in<strong>di</strong>vidual flight for the purposes of subsequent controls. The station of flight departure or transit is<br />
responsible for archiving the flight files for a minimum predetermined time of three months.<br />
The flight file contains, at least, the following documents:<br />
1)the Loadsheet for the departing flight that was signed by the Weight and Balance<br />
Attendant and by the Captain;<br />
2)the flight Balance Chart signed by the Weight and Balance Attendant and by the Captain; if<br />
necessary and if not already included in the Loadsheet,<br />
3)the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions for the departing flight signed by the Weight and Balance<br />
Attendant and by the Ramp Attendant;<br />
4)the fuel order document, if necessary;<br />
5)a copy of the <strong>operative</strong> flight plan signed by the Captain;<br />
6)copies of the flight passenger assistance, load and movement messages that were sent<br />
automatically or <strong>manual</strong>ly;<br />
7)copies of important telex messages for the single flight;<br />
8)the list of embarked passengers;<br />
9)the Single Carrier Declaration for the arriving and departing flight;<br />
10)a copy of the manifest for departing cargo and mail;<br />
11)copy of the NOTOC, if necessary, signed by the Ramp Attendant and the Captain;<br />
12)the flight report properly filled out by the flight Ramp Attendant;<br />
13)Bingo Card (if required);<br />
14)copy of the onboard technical log (QTB) (to be kept for 24 months *).<br />
* JAA, JAR-OPS 1.140, Information retained an the ground; JAA, JAR-OPS 1, Subpart P, Manuals, logs and record<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 70 of 165<br />
2.1.8.19 General Aviation<br />
AGS collects the data for the arriving and departing flights and enters it in the management program<br />
S400.<br />
In the case of taxi flights, AGS prepares the Single Carrier Declaration.<br />
In particular, General Aviation managed by AGS includes the following services<br />
(1)contact with the General Aviation flight Captains;<br />
(2)contact with the General Aviation flight passengers;<br />
(3)listening to and contacting General Aviation aircraft using the airport frequency<br />
136.825Mhz;<br />
(4)bus services for transporting crew, passengers and baggage;<br />
(5)contact, if necessary, with ARO, weather, airport management, oil company, police and<br />
customs offices;<br />
(6)contact with customers who request assistance for their flights via TLX, FAX, e-mail and<br />
respon<strong>di</strong>ng to these requests;<br />
(7)entering all data regar<strong>di</strong>ng arrival and departure movements in the General Aviation data<br />
management system. Issue of the DUV (Single Carrier Declaration) when required and the<br />
General Declaration with Police and Customs border controls for all international extra-<br />
Schengen or extra-EEC flights;<br />
(8)entering the movement data in the General Aviation management system for calculating<br />
and issuing the Payment Notes for airport and handling fees.<br />
(9)checking the Loadsheet filled out by the flight Captain (commercial flights Circular APT<br />
08C); the General Aviation Attendant is responsible for checking if the data on the document is<br />
correct.<br />
AGS will also provide other services requested by General Aviation customers, such as<br />
(1)supplying potable water;<br />
(2)toilet service (unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng);<br />
(3)cleaning service;<br />
(4)anti/de-icing service;<br />
(5)cargo unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng support.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 71 of 165<br />
2.2 Ramp Area – Apron – Standard Operating Procedures<br />
The purpose of the process is to provide aircraft with support from the moment of their arrival until<br />
departure.<br />
The operating <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for the process are:<br />
(1)Flight preparation<br />
(2)Flight arrival<br />
(3)Flight transit<br />
(4)Flight departure<br />
(5)Special support <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
The process and its subprocesses are supervised and controlled by UCV (Flight Control Office)<br />
The support services and <strong>procedure</strong>s described here that are carried out by AGS pertinent to<br />
Aircraft Support upon arrival, in transit and upon departure at the airport are carried out<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is foreseen in the Manuale <strong>di</strong> <strong>Aeroporto</strong> Genova (Genova Airport Manual)<br />
and Regolamento <strong>di</strong> Scalo (Airport Regulations) to which reference is constantly made.<br />
2.2.1 Operative safety <strong>standard</strong>s while provi<strong>di</strong>ng aircraft support<br />
(1) Introduction<br />
Aeronautic safety is given maximum importance by airlines and airport management companies.<br />
For this purpose, our company has always properly trained and instructed its personnel working<br />
in the movement areas through courses held by personnel who are experts and qualified both in<br />
the operating safety field as well as in occupational safety. In consideration of the sensitiveness<br />
of the material and the need to keep the attention of all personnel always alert, the main<br />
guidelines to be followed in the movement areas are repeated below, certain that they will be<br />
helpful in carrying out the foreseen functions.<br />
(2) Recommendations<br />
a. While <strong>operations</strong> are performed on the apron, vehicles must be driven and/or used with<br />
maximum care, in particular near an aircraft in order to prevent danger to personnel and/or<br />
damage to the aircraft or the load;<br />
b. Even the slightest scratch or dent noticed or caused on an aircraft must be reported<br />
imme<strong>di</strong>ately so a technical assessment can be carried out;<br />
c. At high altitudes, an aircraft must support enormous pressure and even the smallest<br />
deformation could be the <strong>di</strong>rect cause of very serious accidents.<br />
(3) Safety of persons during <strong>operations</strong> on board the aircraft and during loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
<strong>operations</strong><br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 72 of 165<br />
Personal protections:<br />
a. Wear safety shoes or boots to prevent damage to your feet.<br />
b. Wear the headsets during <strong>operations</strong> in areas with high noise density.<br />
c. Wear the high-visibility clothing provided by the company.<br />
d. Wear the specific gloves during <strong>manual</strong> <strong>operations</strong> and when using the equipment.<br />
e. Do not wear rings and/or bracelets.<br />
f. Do not wear necklaces unless they have an easy opening closure (clip).<br />
Operating <strong>standard</strong>s:<br />
a. Do not walk or stand on a moving conveyor belt<br />
b. Do not climb up on or down from the rear platform of the loader.<br />
c. Never climb up on or down from moving equipment.<br />
d. Do not transport in<strong>di</strong>viduals on vehicles not provided with specific seats.<br />
e. On moving vehicles, sit correctly and keep your body within the structural borders of the<br />
vehicle itself.<br />
f. Do not climb up on the elevation platform when the vehicle is manoeuvring.<br />
g. Do not walk on the rollers and/or the adjustable wheels.<br />
h. Stay away from the propellers and the engine until they have been turned off and/or the<br />
propellers have stopped.<br />
i. People and vehicles must never cross the arch of the propellers, even if they have<br />
stopped.<br />
j. Stay away from exits and/or entrances while carts and/or containers are in transit.<br />
k. An equipment operator must be sure that no one remains trapped on the aircraft or on the<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng equipment while loa<strong>di</strong>ng pallets and containers.<br />
l. The cart sides must be lowered with extreme caution to prevent accidents caused by<br />
cargo parcels falling from the carts themselves.<br />
m. Pay maximum attention when exiting or entering the aircraft cabin, hold or<br />
compartments. The cabin may be entered or exited only using the ladder or the bridge,<br />
which will be properly positioned and secured. The holds and compartments may only be<br />
entered and/or exited using appropriate elevator systems that have been properly<br />
positioned and secured (ex. cargo loader and baggage belt).<br />
n. Any object found on the apron (FOD) must be removed. The apron surface must always<br />
be kept clear of objects that could cause damage to the aircraft and/or equipment (ex.<br />
baggage straps, tags, parts of catering equipment, etc.)<br />
Portable electronic devices<br />
a. The use of unauthorised personal electronic devices is not permitted in the movement<br />
area.<br />
b. The use of portable electronic equipment, and in particular cell phones, also when<br />
walking, can lead to a loss of concentration and dangerous situations. Communications<br />
must be limited to what is strictly necessary and must be done in the shortest period of<br />
time possible.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 73 of 165<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong><br />
a. Personnel must not lift or move weights above 25 Kg. unless they are helped by other<br />
personnel or use the provided ad hoc equipment;<br />
b. The lifting of loads must be done accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the rules provided by law 626.<br />
c. To prevent damaging your hands and fingers, which can be crushed, personnel must slide<br />
the load.<br />
d. Do not handle loads using the metal straps used for fastening heavy or special loads.<br />
e. The load must be placed down gently, instead of letting it fall, to prevent foot injuries<br />
and to prevent damage to the aircraft floor and/or the load itself.<br />
f. While handling pallets and containers, your hands and feet must be kept away from<br />
blocks, clamps and guides to keep them from becoming trapped between the pallets and<br />
the floor.<br />
g. In the case of live animals, keep your fingers and hands outside of the containers to avoid<br />
being bitten.<br />
h. The specific “HEAVY” tags must be placed on all parcels (baggage/cargo/mail) that<br />
weigh 25 Kg. or more.<br />
(4) Fire protection and prevention<br />
a. Each suspected or known case of fire must be reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
b. Any problems to the electric system must be reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
c. Smoking is prohibited in the entire movement area and also inside the vehicles operated<br />
there.<br />
d. Never obstruct access to fire-extinguishing devices, alarms or emergency exits.<br />
e. If a fire is identified on a parked aircraft, each person on board must be informed<br />
imme<strong>di</strong>ately and removed.<br />
f. If there is a fire on a ground support vehicles, both the extinguishers provided on the apron<br />
as well as those located on the vehicles itself must be used. The vehicle must be moved<br />
away from the aircraft as soon as possible.<br />
g. Vehicles must never be used nearby a fuel spillage.<br />
(5) Operations in critical weather situations<br />
Poor visibility<br />
a. The speed of the vehicles must be considerably reduced.<br />
b. Motorised vehicles must keep their lights on during <strong>operations</strong><br />
c. Vehicle operators must be particularly cautious at intersections and with all vehicles that<br />
are located in the movement area.<br />
d. The operator must be very careful in checking that the vehicle’s windscreen is clean.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 74 of 165<br />
Presence of ice<br />
a. When possible, all ice or snow that has formed on the equipment or on the work surface<br />
must be removed before starting <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
b. Attendants must carry out their normal activities more slowly, drive slow and maintain a<br />
greater safety <strong>di</strong>stance for stopping the equipment.<br />
Electric <strong>di</strong>scharge (lightning)<br />
In the case of electric <strong>di</strong>scharge, personnel “must not”:<br />
a. Exit closed vehicles<br />
b. Use the headset connected to the aircraft<br />
c. Use portable electric devices such as telephones and ra<strong>di</strong>os in open spaces or near<br />
windows<br />
d. Remain in open spaces<br />
e. Load or unload explosive and/or inflammable material<br />
(6) Aircraft chocks<br />
a. Chocks must be returned to the specific area so they are not the cause of “FOD”<br />
a. Stay away from protuberances near the wheels, such as the parts of brakes and antennas<br />
that could cause accidents.<br />
b. The chocks must be positioned at the aircraft accor<strong>di</strong>ng to manufacturer and Carrier<br />
recommendations.<br />
c. The chocks in the main undercarriage must be positioned both in front as well as behind<br />
the outer tyre.<br />
d. The chocks must be positioned for an arriving aircraft only after the engine has been shut<br />
off, the anti-collision lights turned off and the authorisation to approach the aircraft has<br />
been given by the person in charge.<br />
e. Once the chocks are positioned, they must be parallel to the wheel’s axis and placed<br />
gently against the tyres.<br />
f. The chocks may not be removed until authorisation has been provided by the ramp agent.<br />
g. After use, the chocks must be returned to their de<strong>di</strong>cated area.<br />
(7) Use of signalling cones<br />
The cones must be positioned:<br />
a. At the end of each wing<br />
b. In front of the parts of the engine on the wing.<br />
c. In front of other aircraft parts that are in conflict with normal equipment movement<br />
during <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
d. In areas in which the proximity of the aircraft could hinder normal ramp activity traffic.<br />
e. At the ends of the wings imme<strong>di</strong>ately after the aircraft is in its parking position.<br />
f. In other areas around the aircraft only after the authorisation to approach the aircraft has<br />
been given.<br />
g. At a <strong>di</strong>stance from the “protected” area that does not make the use of the cone itself<br />
useless.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 75 of 165<br />
The cones must be removed:<br />
a. Only before aircraft departure to guarantee maximum protection.<br />
b. After use and then they must be returned to the designated area.<br />
(8) Operations using ground equipment<br />
a. Personnel driving machines or vehicles must avoid the use of portable equipment such as<br />
telephones or ra<strong>di</strong>os, which should only be used when the equipment has stopped.<br />
b. Each vehicle must only be used for its specific function.<br />
c. Vehicles must never cross an aircraft while it is taxiing or while passengers are embarking<br />
and/or <strong>di</strong>sembarking. The aircraft and passengers always have the right-of-way.<br />
d. Vehicles must remain beyond the positioning line with the brakes engaged until the aircraft<br />
arrives at the parking area.<br />
e. The passenger bridge must remain retracted until the aircraft arrives.<br />
f. All vehicles, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the bridges, must not be moved toward the aircraft until it has come<br />
to a complete stop, the chocks have been positioned, the engines shut off, the anti-collision<br />
lights turned off and, where possible, contact has been established between the ground and<br />
the cabin.<br />
g. Note: it may be necessary to connect the GPU before the engines are shut off.<br />
h. The vehicles must have engaged brakes, with the gear in parking or neutral when they are<br />
parked far away or near the aircraft.<br />
i. The vehicles must be in good mechanical con<strong>di</strong>tion.<br />
j. When approaching or moving away from an aircraft, the vehicles must be driven at a<br />
walking pace.<br />
k. The equipment/transfer bridges and platforms must be arranged correctly.<br />
l. The railing on the conveyor belt, loaders and other elevating devices must remain in a raised<br />
position when used.<br />
m. The safety guides and bars on the loaders must be properly arranged.<br />
n. If there are stabilisers on the vehicles, they must be positioned.<br />
o. Before moving any vehicle, a general check must be carried out on the vehicle itself.<br />
p. The tubes and cables on the vehicles must be secured before moving the unit.<br />
q. Lifting vehicles must not be driven in a raised position with the exception of the final<br />
positioning.<br />
r. Baggage and cargo must not be transported on vehicles that are not specifically used for that<br />
function.<br />
s. The cargo must be positioned on the carts by loa<strong>di</strong>ng the heavy items on the bottom and at<br />
the centre to ensure stability.<br />
t. Even if the <strong>manual</strong> movement of the carts is very simple, it has caused accidents many times.<br />
Therefore, maximum attention is required.<br />
u. The load on the carts and transport vehicles must always be secured using clamps, bars or<br />
straps with the exception of when the load itself must be loaded or unloaded from the vehicle.<br />
All clamps, bars or straps must be checked before use.<br />
v. Towed carts tend to move adrift and shorten the rotation angle. As a result, the driver must<br />
avoid turning just after or just before passing an obstacle.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 76 of 165<br />
w. Each unserviceable vehicle must be sent imme<strong>di</strong>ately to the maintenance department and the<br />
in<strong>di</strong>cation of “out of service” must be placed on it.<br />
x. When a vehicle is used, maximum attention must be paid to the presence of other vehicles,<br />
aircraft or equipment.<br />
y. When an operator’s visual ra<strong>di</strong>us is limited (ex.: when positioning equipment behind the<br />
aircraft) another person must be used as a guide.<br />
z. The driver must be positioned in order to control the area correctly and be visible from the<br />
operator with whom he must communicate using signals. If visual contact is lost between the<br />
two, the vehicle operator must stop imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
aa. When electrical and motor driven vehicles are operating, the operator must be able to quickly<br />
reach the emergency controls. All vehicles that do not have external emergency devices with<br />
the engine operating must not be left in the parking area. The operator must remain in the<br />
driving position, keeping the situation under control.<br />
bb. The motor vehicles must perform a stop test in order to check the brakes before entering the<br />
vehicle area and before reaching the aircraft.<br />
cc. The rubber parts that protect the equipment (passenger stairs, bridges, conveyor belts and<br />
catering carts) must never be pressed against the aircraft fuselage in order to prevent damage<br />
and permit aircraft settling during <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
dd. When loa<strong>di</strong>ng is complete, all equipment must be moved away from the aircraft.<br />
ee. Before removing equipment from the aircraft cabin access door, the operator must advise the<br />
cabin staff. The equipment must not be removed unless a safety device has been placed on<br />
the open door, or the door has been closed.<br />
ff. Before removing a bridge from an aircraft, a safety device must be placed on the front part of<br />
the bridge platform opening.<br />
gg. All equipment, with the exception of those necessary for departure, must be positioned<br />
behind the vehicle parking line before starting with the push-back <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
hh. The bridge must be fully retracted before aircraft departure.<br />
ii. In an open area, equipment must be positioned so that they do not hinder the aircraft’s free<br />
movement.<br />
(9) Aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong><br />
Specific precautions are necessary to prevent damage that could be caused by:<br />
a. Excee<strong>di</strong>ng the maximum load weight permitted on the aircraft floor.<br />
b. Inadequate methods of unfastening, fastening and blocking the door separation nets.<br />
c. Loa<strong>di</strong>ng cargo on passenger seats in the cabin.<br />
d. Incorrect door opening and closing during con<strong>di</strong>tions of strong wind.<br />
e. Improper use of the tail post or front undercarriage, if present.<br />
f. Improper vehicle use.<br />
g. During loa<strong>di</strong>ng and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>, vertical aircraft movements may occur. These<br />
movements must be carried out in complete safety when the equipment is parked or<br />
operating under the aircraft.<br />
h. Maximum care is necessary while unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng to prevent causing damage to the doors<br />
and their opening.<br />
i. Door protections must be installed when required.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 77 of 165<br />
j. The loa<strong>di</strong>ng of each article, whether bulk or in containers, must be done following the<br />
written loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions to ensure the balancing regulations are observed.<br />
k. The loa<strong>di</strong>ng units (ULD), when loaded, must correspond to the predetermined loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
instructions.<br />
l. The con<strong>di</strong>tions of the load, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the ULDS, must be checked before loa<strong>di</strong>ng, in order to<br />
identify any damaged parts. Parts or containers with contents that are obviously damaged<br />
must not be loaded. Damaged dangerous goods must not be loaded.<br />
m. Dangerous goods must be handled with extreme care in order to ensure the proper con<strong>di</strong>tions<br />
of the shipment. The loa<strong>di</strong>ng and stowage of the said cargo must comply with the required<br />
national/international <strong>standard</strong>s such as IATA – DGR.<br />
n. If a parcel is poorly packaged, proceed with caution. The content must be protected against<br />
loss, which could cause accidents or damage.<br />
o. Any loss in the hold must be reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately because the nature of the material could<br />
be damaging to the floor and/or the aircraft as a whole.<br />
p. If a parcel containing dangerous goods is damaged or loses contents, the actions foreseen by<br />
airline regulations must be imme<strong>di</strong>ately implemented.<br />
q. Any loss of wet cargo or live animal waste in the aircraft must be reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
r. Any leak on the apron, such as fuel, oil, hydraulic liquids, etc. must be imme<strong>di</strong>ately reported<br />
and the area must be cleaned as soon as possible.<br />
s. While manoeuvring heavy or wide parts inside the hold or in the cabin, in the case of cargo<br />
aircraft, without a mechanised load movement system, mobile roller equipment must be<br />
used; pinch bars, crowbars or other similar equipment must never be used <strong>di</strong>rectly on the<br />
aircraft floor.<br />
t. When loa<strong>di</strong>ng pallets and/or containers, make sure that the corners remain within the guides<br />
and that they are secured by blocks/clamps/guides and that the pallet height is suitable for the<br />
door opening. Also check that the passage of the ULDS in their position is not obstructed by<br />
blocks/clamps/guides.<br />
u. When containers and/or pallets are manoeuvred <strong>manual</strong>ly, total control must be maintained<br />
in order to prevent that an impact with blocks and/or clamps at a high speed could cause<br />
damage.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 78 of 165<br />
(10) Aircraft equipment<br />
a. When blocking the pallet nets, do not apply too much force that causes them to twist, in<br />
order to fasten them correctly to the aircraft clamps/guides.<br />
b. The pallet and container blocks on the aircraft floor must be well secured to prevent the load<br />
from sli<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
.<br />
(11) Passenger <strong>operations</strong> without bridge use<br />
a. Passengers must be kept far from protru<strong>di</strong>ng aircraft parts, equipment, refuelling areas,<br />
engines and jet blasts from other aircraft.<br />
(12) Aircraft refuelling<br />
While refuelling:<br />
a. It is prohibited to connect or <strong>di</strong>sconnect any electric equipment inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the GPU, batteries<br />
and battery chargers.<br />
b. If a GPU with an automatic lock or an ignition failure is turned on while refuelling, wait<br />
until refuelling is complete and the tube <strong>di</strong>sconnected before reactivating another GPU.<br />
c. The GPU may be turned off (automatically or <strong>manual</strong>ly) while refuelling.<br />
d. In the case of fire near or on board an aircraft, the refuelling <strong>operations</strong> must be stopped.<br />
(13) Safety areas while refuelling:<br />
a. The vapours emitted by the fuel represent a serious hazard of fire. For this reason, all<br />
personnel must be sure that all items such as matches, open flames, the use of flash<br />
photography, etc. are kept away from the hazard area.<br />
b. Portable electric equipment such as cell phones, portable ra<strong>di</strong>os, etc. can be used within the<br />
refuelling area, maintaining a <strong>di</strong>stance of at least 3 metres from the aircraft’s inlet and/or<br />
from the drum.<br />
c. The refuelling safety area goes beyond a ra<strong>di</strong>us of 6 metres from the fuel bay, the drum<br />
and/or the refuelling equipment.<br />
d. All aircraft service equipment must be positioned more than 3 metres away from the aircraft<br />
refuelling point.<br />
(14) Fuel spillage<br />
The following actions are required in the case of a fuel spillage:<br />
a. Stop the refuelling operation and inform the Captain or assigned person in charge.<br />
b. Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the <strong>di</strong>rections of the Captain or assigned person in charge, evacuate all people<br />
from the surroun<strong>di</strong>ng area imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
c. Use the fire extinguishing equipment positioned in the area while waiting for emergency<br />
services.<br />
d. Check that only authorised vehicles and personnel are in the area.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 79 of 165<br />
e. Limit all activities inside and outside the hazard area to prevent combustion hazards.<br />
f. All electric equipment used during refuelling must be turned off imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
g. Instruct the Captain or assigned person in charge to turn off the APU. Do not allow it to be<br />
turned on until the spillage has been removed and there are no ad<strong>di</strong>tional hazards of liquid or<br />
vapour leaks.<br />
h. Normal aircraft <strong>operations</strong> must not be resumed and no engine started until the assigned<br />
person in charge gives the authorisation to proceed.<br />
i. If the spilled fuel involved the load, it must not be loaded.<br />
(15) Operative vehicles<br />
a. Unused vehicles must remain turned off.<br />
b. The vehicles must not be parked under the fuel nozzles on the aircraft wings.<br />
c. Equipment and vehicles must be positioned so that the fuel drum can be operated safely.<br />
d. When possible, a <strong>di</strong>stance of 3 metres must be maintained between the vehicles and the fuel<br />
drum.<br />
e. The GPU must not be used unless it is positioned 6 metres away from the refuelling nozzles<br />
and air inlets of the aircraft tanks.<br />
f. Vehicles with metal wheels may not be used near the aircraft.<br />
g. If the earth cable that connects the drum to the aircraft <strong>di</strong>sconnects during the support<br />
<strong>operations</strong>, the operator must be informed imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
(16) Aircraft movement – Safety recommendations<br />
Operations to be carried out prior to aircraft movement:<br />
a. Inspect the parking area to determine if the <strong>operations</strong> can be carried out safely (ex. presence<br />
of snow/ice, etc.).<br />
b. Check that all hold doors and panels have been closed and locked.<br />
c. Remove all equipment from around the aircraft and make sure that there is sufficient<br />
<strong>di</strong>stance between the aircraft and the equipment itself.<br />
d. Check that the area surroun<strong>di</strong>ng the aircraft is free of objects (FOD).<br />
e. Check that all cables, bridges, etc. have been removed from the aircraft.<br />
f. Make sure the chocks have been removed from the aircraft wheels.<br />
g.<br />
h. Personnel involved in the <strong>operations</strong> must be positioned outside of the “hazard” area.<br />
i. Only personnel responsible for the <strong>operations</strong> may remain in the area of <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
j. Aircraft movement must be done in compliance with current signals.<br />
k. Communication with the cabin must be done keeping a safety <strong>di</strong>stance both from the aircraft<br />
as well as from the moving tractor, using foreseen equipment (headsets with a flexible cable).<br />
l. If the communication system fails, use the <strong>manual</strong> system.<br />
m. For <strong>manual</strong> communication, the <strong>standard</strong> foreseen <strong>manual</strong> signals must be used.<br />
n. Before an aircraft moves, all personnel involved must be informed about the<br />
communications and the tow <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 80 of 165<br />
o. Personnel provi<strong>di</strong>ng the support must use high visibility signallers during day-time<br />
<strong>operations</strong> and illuminated signallers during night-time <strong>operations</strong> and in con<strong>di</strong>tions of low<br />
visibility.<br />
p. The <strong>operations</strong> performed in situations where the surface is not optimal and/or in bad<br />
weather con<strong>di</strong>tions must be done at a low speed.<br />
q. The entire area where the <strong>operations</strong> are performed must be kept free of vehicles.<br />
(17) Push-back <strong>operations</strong><br />
a. The tractor must be positioned correctly before starting the <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
b. The chocks must not be removed from the main undercarriage before the tractor and the bar<br />
have been well secured to the front undercarriage and the tractor brake has been engaged.<br />
c. When the bar has been positioned on the aircraft’s front undercarriage, it must be<br />
<strong>di</strong>sconnected from the tractor.<br />
d. When the bar is positioned on the tractor, personnel must be located in front of the tractor<br />
itself and have both legs on only one side of the bar.<br />
e. The tractor and the bar must be aligned with the centre of the aircraft before carrying out the<br />
push-back <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
f. The tractor must not be left uncontrolled when the engine is running.<br />
g. The wheels on the bar must be completely retracted before starting the push-back.<br />
h. If the aircraft has a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the by-pass pin is<br />
correctly inserted before connecting the bar to the aircraft and before starting the push-back,<br />
and that it is removed when the operation is complete.<br />
i. If the aircraft does not have a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the<br />
hydraulic system is depressurised and the front wheel rotation system is <strong>di</strong>sconnected (if<br />
present).<br />
j. Personnel must not climb on the bar during the push-back <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
k. If the connection between the tractor and the aircraft should be lost during movement, it is<br />
important to inform the cabin to slowly engage the brakes.<br />
l. When the push-back operation is completed, decelerate and engage the brakes slowly.<br />
m. At the end of the push-back operation and before <strong>di</strong>sconnecting the bar, the cabin must be<br />
informed to engage the brakes and provide a confirmation.<br />
n. The bar must be <strong>di</strong>sconnected from the tractor before being removed from the aircraft.<br />
o. A chock may be positioned in front of the front wheel while the bar is being <strong>di</strong>sconnected.<br />
p. Before the aircraft starts to taxi, assigned personnel must give the “area free” signal, <strong>di</strong>splay<br />
the pin (if there is one) and receive the confirmation signal.<br />
(18) Checking the main undercarriage using the towbarless operation<br />
a. The chocks must not be removed from the main undercarriage before the tractor has been<br />
well secured to the front undercarriage with the brake engaged.<br />
b. Make sure that the undercarriage wheels have been secured in the tractor locking mechanism<br />
upon connection with the aircraft.<br />
c. Make sure that the undercarriage wheels have been lifted off the ground during the pushback<br />
manoeuvre.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 81 of 165<br />
d. The tractor must be aligned with the centre of the aircraft before starting the push-back.<br />
e. For aircraft that have a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the bypass pin<br />
has been inserted before connecting the tractor and before starting the push-back and that it<br />
is removed when the operation is complete.<br />
f. For aircraft that do not have a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the<br />
system is depressurised and that the front wheel rotation system is <strong>di</strong>sconnected (if present).<br />
g. If the connection between the tractor and the aircraft should be lost during movement, it is<br />
important to inform the cabin to gently engage the brakes.<br />
h. At the end of the push-back operation and before <strong>di</strong>sconnecting the tractor, the cabin must be<br />
informed to engage the brakes and provide a confirmation.<br />
i. Before the aircraft starts to taxi, the staff must give the “area free” signal and <strong>di</strong>splay the pin<br />
(if there is one) to the cabin and receive confirmation.<br />
(19) Towing <strong>operations</strong><br />
a. The tractor must be correctly positioned before starting the <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
b. The chocks must not be removed from the main undercarriage before the tractor and the bar<br />
have been secured to the front undercarriage and the tractor brakes engaged.<br />
c. For aircraft with a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the by-pass pin is<br />
installed before connecting the bar to the aircraft and before starting the push-back, and that<br />
it is removed when the operation is complete..<br />
d. Before starting the tow <strong>operations</strong>, make sure that the communication system between the<br />
tractor and the aircraft is operating.<br />
e. If the communication system between the aircraft and the tractor is interrupted while towing,<br />
the operation must be stopped imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
f. In the case of snow or ice, the speed while towing must be reduced and in particular before<br />
starting the rotating manoeuvre. If the ground is slippery, the towing manoeuvre must not be<br />
stopped while rotating.<br />
g. If the aircraft risks coming on top of the tractor, this must be imme<strong>di</strong>ately signalled to the<br />
cabin by means of signals or ra<strong>di</strong>o or intercom so that the Captain can gently engage the<br />
brakes.<br />
h. If the surface is sloped, the tow must be done slowly in order to prevent the aircraft from<br />
approaching the tractor.<br />
(20) Use of the towbarless tractor<br />
a. The chocks must not be removed from the main undercarriage before the tractor has been<br />
secured to the front undercarriage and the tractor brakes have been engaged.<br />
b. For aircraft with a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the by-pass pin is<br />
installed before connecting the tractor to the aircraft and before starting the tow, and that it is<br />
removed when the operation is complete.<br />
c. For aircraft that do not have a hydraulic system cut-out mechanism, make sure that the<br />
hydraulic system is depressurised and that the front wheel rotation system is <strong>di</strong>sconnected (if<br />
present).<br />
d. When towing on snow or ice, the speed must be reduced and in particular before rotating. If<br />
the ground is slippery, the tow manoeuvre may not be stopped while rotating.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 82 of 165<br />
e. If the aircraft risks coming on top of the tractor, the cabin must be informed imme<strong>di</strong>ately by<br />
means of signals or via ra<strong>di</strong>o or intercom so the brakes can be gently engaged.<br />
f. If the surface is sloped, the tow must be done slowly in order to prevent the aircraft from<br />
approaching the tractor.<br />
g. When towing in con<strong>di</strong>tions of poor visibility or at night, the aircraft must be sufficiently<br />
illuminated.<br />
h. When approaching equipment or a congested area, the tractor operator must request the<br />
assistance of another staff member on the ground.<br />
2.3.1- Flight preparation. Vehicles and equipment<br />
The equipment and vehicles (GSE - Ground Support Equipment) suitable for provi<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operative</strong><br />
support to the aircraft based on its <strong>di</strong>mensions and characteristics, the destined stand and the<br />
agreement reached with the Carrier for the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> are supplied in compliance<br />
with the safety <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
Before the arrival of the aircraft, the handling <strong>operations</strong> required for the aircraft must be<br />
known and the necessary equipment and personnel must be prepared for the aircraft’s transit.<br />
Equipment and personnel are at the stand upon the aircraft’s arrival.<br />
In particular, the following must be available upon arrival of a flight when necessary or<br />
requested by the airline or the Captain<br />
1) Chocks and fire extinguishers;<br />
2) Safety rope;<br />
3) Electric tractor (TE);<br />
4) Forklift (FL);<br />
5) Baggage belt (NA) ;<br />
6) Passenger stairs (SC) ;<br />
7) Ground Power Unit (GPU);<br />
8)Cargo loader (CK) (Highloader),<br />
9) Passenger bus (BU);<br />
10) Air Con<strong>di</strong>tioning Unit (ACU);<br />
11) Potable water truck (CA);<br />
12) Toilet truck (CI);<br />
13) Air Start Unit (ASU),<br />
14) Push-back truck (TA)<br />
and, in the case of an aircraft parked at a loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridge<br />
15) Bridge<br />
2.2.2 Flight arrival<br />
2.2.2.1 Vehicle and equipment positioning<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 83 of 165<br />
General<br />
The loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng support vehicles and equipment are positioned behind the restriction lines<br />
before the aircraft arrives at its parking position.<br />
No support vehicle or equipment can approach the aircraft until it has completely stopped at its<br />
parking position, shut off the engines and turned off the antì-collision lights (with the exception of<br />
the GPU when the aircraft requires an external power supply in the case of APU failure).<br />
Support vehicles and equipment with mobile platforms (elevators, cargo loaders, passenger<br />
stairs) are not placed near the aircraft with the platforms raised. The vehicle must stops in its<br />
foreseen position and then lifts the mobile platform.<br />
Attention must always be paid to the speed at which the vehicles and equipment are moved<br />
under the aircraft.<br />
Support equipment and vehicles are positioned accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following <strong>procedure</strong><br />
(1) front undercarriage chocks after the aircraft engines and anti-collision lights are turned<br />
off;<br />
(2) GPU (ground power), if necessary;<br />
(3) main undercarriage chocks (if foreseen), passenger stairs or bridge for passenger<br />
debarkation;<br />
(4) equipment required for aircraft support (unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng)<br />
Safety note<br />
Maximum caution is recommended in all situations that could cause damage to the aircraft<br />
while it is moving during marshalling <strong>operations</strong> upon arrival and departure and while in transit on<br />
the ground.<br />
In particular, all personnel assigned to aircraft support must follow and observe the<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s specified here<br />
(1) only personnel trained in the use and operation of a certain ramp vehicle or item of<br />
equipment may operate that ramp vehicle or item of equipment under an aircraft;<br />
(2) during taxiing, the ground equipment must be parked at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance from the aircraft<br />
and in any case outside of the aircraft’s manoeuvring area;<br />
(3) the ground equipment and bridges (or jetways) can approach the aircraft only after the<br />
aircraft has stopped, the parking brakes have been engaged, the chocks positioned, the<br />
engines shut off, the anti-collision lights turned off and, if possible, after contact has been<br />
established between the cockpit and the ground; before approaching the aircraft, the vehicle<br />
operator must test the brakes to make sure the vehicle’s brakes are operating;<br />
(4) it is absolutely prohibited for personnel to stand and/or walk on the mobile sections of the<br />
bridge while it is being positioned and/or removed (with the exception of those in charge of its<br />
movement); the mobile parts of the bridge can only be accessed after the manoeuvre is<br />
complete;<br />
(5) all ramp vehicles and equipment that do not need to be brought near the aircraft for the<br />
support operation are positioned at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance from the aircraft to prevent any<br />
damage;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 84 of 165<br />
(6) the ground equipment located outside of the aircraft manoeuvre area must have their<br />
brakes engaged to prevent air flows originating from the aircraft engines from moving them,<br />
causing possible damage;<br />
(7) ground equipment must be moved under the aircraft at a low speed, with the necessary<br />
precautions;<br />
(8) never position or move ramp equipment under the aircraft wings;<br />
(9) never position ramp vehicles or equipment in front of the aircraft’s electric, water<br />
inlet/outlet or refuelling connections;<br />
(10) once positioned, the equipment’s brakes must be engaged to prevent them from sli<strong>di</strong>ng or<br />
moving in an uncontrolled manner; motorised vehicles must be turned off and braked;<br />
(11) an aircraft may move vertically during handling or refuelling <strong>operations</strong>. Some aircraft<br />
make very significant movements. Always keep a certain <strong>di</strong>stance between the ramp vehicles<br />
and equipment and the aircraft. Particular attention must be paid to the positioning of the<br />
passenger boar<strong>di</strong>ng stairs;<br />
(12) when possible, comply with the following ramp vehicle and equipment instructions when<br />
under an aircraft (example valid for B737-400 aircraft).<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 85 of 165<br />
B737 /400<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 86 of 165<br />
2.3.2.2- Chock positioning<br />
(a) General<br />
I Aircraft chocks are used to prevent the aircraft from moving once it has stopped at its<br />
designated stand.<br />
The method for positioning the chocks varies accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the aircraft type and requirements<br />
of the in<strong>di</strong>vidual airlines. The <strong>procedure</strong>s specified here are the minimum to be followed for<br />
each type of aircraft.<br />
In the case of poor weather con<strong>di</strong>tions and in particular with strong winds, the <strong>procedure</strong> for<br />
positioning the chocks varies and the specific <strong>procedure</strong> for those weather con<strong>di</strong>tions is followed.<br />
(b) Procedure for chock positioning/removal<br />
Positioning and removal <strong>procedure</strong>s vary depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the type of stand and the departure<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>.<br />
Aircraft arrival<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> for positioning chocks upon aircraft arrival is the same if it is parked at a stand<br />
with a bridge or at a remote stand.<br />
(1) Before the aircraft arrives, make sure to have the right number of chocks required for that<br />
aircraft and that they are of the correct size to cover the entire width of the wheels where the<br />
chocks are positioned; they are positioned behind the aircraft’s stopping line outside of the<br />
aircraft’s manoeuvring area;<br />
(2) Before positioning the chocks, the aircraft’s engines and anti-collision lights are turned off;<br />
(3) Propeller aircraft are generally blocked by positioning two chocks, one in front and one in<br />
back of the front wheel;<br />
(4) Turbo-propeller aircraft are generally blocked by positioning two chocks, one in front and<br />
one in back of the front undercarriage wheel;<br />
(5) The aircraft must be approached from the front, a side approach must be avoided if<br />
possible;<br />
(6) When a chock is positioned, leave a space of approx. 2 cm between the chock itself and the<br />
aircraft wheel to make it easier to remove;<br />
(7) Once the pair of chocks has been positioned and the aircraft cannot move from its parking<br />
position, inform the flight crew that the chocks have been positioned using the appropriate<br />
marshalling signals.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 87 of 165<br />
Aircraft departure<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> for removing the chocks upon aircraft departure is <strong>di</strong>fferent depen<strong>di</strong>ng on if the<br />
aircraft departs with the help of a push-back tractor, if it moves autonomously with the powerback<br />
<strong>procedure</strong> (backward movement with the help of its own engines) or if it moves by means of<br />
self-manoeuvring from the parking position without push-back help.<br />
(1) Push-back<br />
(a) The chocks may only be removed after the request by the Captain;<br />
(b) Make sure that all chocks have been removed before starting with the push-back<br />
<strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(c) If a chock is “pinched” by an aircraft wheel, it can be removed by striking it with<br />
another chock or by moving the aircraft after the brakes have been released using<br />
the push-back tractor and the tow bar;<br />
(d) After removal, the chocks are returned to their storage area.<br />
(2) Power-back<br />
(a) When requested by the Captain, only the chock positioned behind the aircraft’s front<br />
undercarriage is removed;<br />
(b) The chock positioned in front of the front undercarriage remains in position until the<br />
power-back operation is complete,<br />
(c) After removal, the chocks are returned to their storage area.<br />
(3) Self-manoeuvring from a remote stand<br />
(a) The chocks may only be removed after requested by the Captain;<br />
(b) Normally, a chock remains positioned in front of the front undercarriage<br />
until the aircraft has completed its start <strong>procedure</strong>s and the Captain<br />
communicates to remove the chock using the specific signal;<br />
(c) Normally, the chock positioned behind the main undercarriage is removed<br />
only after aircraft departure;<br />
(d) After removal, the chocks are returned to their storage area.<br />
(d) Safety<br />
Only trained and authorised personnel or personnel under the supervision of a trainer may position<br />
and remove the aircraft chocks.<br />
Never approach an aircraft until it has shut off its engines and turned off its anti-collision lights.<br />
Never remove a chock from an aircraft unless expressly authorised by the Captain or an airline<br />
engineer in charge of the start <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 88 of 165<br />
2.3.2.3- Opening and closing the passenger cabin doors<br />
If the crew is on board the aircraft, the passenger cabin door or any other service access may only<br />
be opened from the inside by the cabin crew.<br />
If the crew is not on board the aircraft, the passenger cabin door or any other service access<br />
may be opened from the inside or from the outside only by qualified personnel.<br />
When opening the door from the outside, always<br />
(1) knock twice on the door to make sure that no one is near the hazard area on the other side of<br />
the door;<br />
(2) open the door slowly and carefully;<br />
(3) pay particular attention to the possibility that the door safety slides are activated. This<br />
cannot be determined from the outside.<br />
2.3.2.4- Opening and closing the cargo doors<br />
"Cargo doors" include<br />
(1) front and rear hold doors;<br />
(2) the bulk cargo compartment door;<br />
(3) the side cargo door on the main deck;<br />
(4) the nose cargo door on the main deck;<br />
IATA, AHM430, Operating of aircraft doors. 1. Cabin access doors.<br />
IATA, AHM 430, Operating of aircraft doors. 2. Main deck, cargo doors and lower compartment.<br />
When carrying out the cargo door opening and closing <strong>operations</strong>, it is always necessary<br />
that<br />
(1) doors that close electrically or hydraulically are only opened and closed by trained<br />
personnel;<br />
(2) cargo compartment doors are opened and closed slowly and carefully so that the door does<br />
not strike ramp equipment or vehicles positioned below the door.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 89 of 165<br />
2.3.2.5- Procedure in the case of strong wind<br />
The previously described <strong>procedure</strong>s for positioning chocks and opening doors apply in normal<br />
weather con<strong>di</strong>tions with wind speed up to 25 nodes.<br />
If the wind blows with greater force, other specific safety <strong>procedure</strong>s must be followed.<br />
(a) Wind speed between 25 and 40 nodes<br />
The chocks are always positioned at the main undercarriage and not at the front<br />
undercarriage. In the case of wind up to 40 nodes, doors can be opened and left opened.<br />
(b) Wind speed above 40 nodes<br />
The chocks are always positioned at the main undercarriage and not at the front undercarriage.<br />
If possible, the chocks are connected together.<br />
The passengers complete the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s only from the front door.<br />
The aircraft is unloaded starting from the rear compartment and loaded starting from the front<br />
compartment.<br />
After completing the unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>, all unnecessary ramp equipment and vehicles are<br />
removed from the aircraft and blocked at a minimum <strong>di</strong>stance of five metres.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 90 of 165<br />
2.2.3 Flight transit and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
Passenger and crew <strong>di</strong>sembarkation/embarkation<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the personnel<br />
necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
(a) Passenger stairs positioning/removal<br />
Procedures to follow when positioning the passenger embarkation stairs under an<br />
aircraft.<br />
Positioning<br />
(1) The passenger embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation stairs are positioned before the passenger cabin door<br />
is opened by the cabin crew;<br />
(2) Before approaching the aircraft, the following is necessary<br />
(a) Test the brakes to make sure they are operating;<br />
(b) Lift the stairs platform up to the height of the door threshold;<br />
(c) Correct the horizontal positioning of the platform for door opening and passenger<br />
<strong>di</strong>sembarkation (if possible),<br />
(d) Position the stairs stabilisers to block them;<br />
(3) If the door is opened before the stairs are positioned (for example in the case of sudden equipment<br />
malfunctioning) the cabin crew must be informed imme<strong>di</strong>ately to block the exit using a safety strap<br />
until the stairs have been positioned or replaced;<br />
(4) Knock twice on the passenger cabin door to signal to the cabin crew that the positioning<br />
operation is complete.<br />
(5) Once the passenger door is open, position and block the lateral sli<strong>di</strong>ng bulkheads.<br />
Repositioning<br />
(1) When the stairs must be repositioned (ex. if the ramp is incorrectly positioned and/or<br />
upon crew request), check that the passenger cabin door is closed and then it can<br />
be repositioned.<br />
Removal<br />
(1) Before removing the passenger stairs from the aircraft door inform the cabin crew in<br />
order to have the passenger cabin door closed;<br />
(2) To remove the equipment:<br />
(a) Retract the lateral sli<strong>di</strong>ng bulkheads;<br />
(b) Retract the aircraft stairs platform (if possible);<br />
(c) Lift the stairs stabilisers;<br />
(d) Move away from the aircraft and then lower the platform;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 91 of 165<br />
(3) If the door cannot be closed before removing the stairs, inform the cabin crew who will block<br />
the exit by placing a safety strap until the removal operation is complete.<br />
Safety note<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> for positioning and/or removing the passenger stairs from under an aircraft<br />
must be strictly followed.<br />
The operator who positions the passenger stairs communicates that he completed the<br />
positioning operation before starting passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkation/embarkation.<br />
(b) Bridge positioning/removal<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong>s to follow when positioning a passenger embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation bridge<br />
(jetway) at an aircraft follow the same safety and operational logic as those described for passenger<br />
stairs positioning/removal.<br />
(c) Passenger transport<br />
Passenger transport within the internal airport area is done mandatorily by bus (remote<br />
stands); upon flight arrival, the vehicle is positioned under the aircraft only after the ramp<br />
vehicles and equipment have been positioned. The bus operator communicates with the ramp<br />
agent to know the area where the passengers must <strong>di</strong>sembark (Schengen or extra-Schengen<br />
arrivals). For some stands, passengers are accompanied to the terminal across predetermined<br />
pedestrian routes or using stairs in the loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridges. In any case, the passengers must be<br />
<strong>di</strong>rected by supervising personnel.<br />
Passengers who require special assistance are <strong>di</strong>sembarked separately, following a <strong>di</strong>fferent<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>.<br />
PRM passengers are <strong>di</strong>sembarked using a special vehicle.<br />
UNMR passengers are accompanied by a Lost & Found attendant, who was informed in advance<br />
by the ramp attendant, to the arrivals area.<br />
For embarkation <strong>operations</strong>, the bus operator positions the vehicle at the foreseen gate and transports<br />
the passengers under the aircraft; he then waits for authorisation from the Ramp Attendant to open<br />
the doors, allowing the passengers to board the aircraft.<br />
Passengers may not be transported to entrances other than those for Schengen or extra-Schengen<br />
arrivals except in specific cases (ex. STCR, celebrities, etc.) subject to provi<strong>di</strong>ng information<br />
and/or making a request to Government Agencies and/or for particular reasons of security.<br />
(d) Crew transport<br />
The crew and its baggage is transported within the internal airport area by bus; the departing<br />
crew is picked-up at UCV or at the extra-Schengen arrivals side and transported <strong>di</strong>rectly to the<br />
foreseen apron. Arriving crews are picked up under the aircraft and transported to the foreseen<br />
Schengen or extra-Schengen exit areas.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 92 of 165<br />
2.2.3.1 General aircraft unloa<strong>di</strong>ng rules<br />
Imme<strong>di</strong>ately after the aircraft arrives and finishes its parking <strong>procedure</strong>s, the inert load is<br />
unloaded.<br />
The following <strong>procedure</strong> applies for unloa<strong>di</strong>ng the inert load:<br />
(1) Baggage. Passenger baggage is unloaded first, taking the following priorities into account:<br />
(a)Delivery At Aircraft (DAA). Unchecked baggage taken from the passengers under<br />
the aircraft upon departure must be delivered <strong>di</strong>rectly under the aircraft or on the<br />
bridge in accordance with airport provisions and restrictions;<br />
(b) Transit baggage with priority con<strong>di</strong>tion (Priority Baggage). These must be sent<br />
imme<strong>di</strong>ately to the baggage handling area for X-ray checks and then for loa<strong>di</strong>ng on the<br />
continuing flight; baggage originating from national airports or EU airports are exempt<br />
from the x-ray checks (with the exception of the EU countries and/or airports specified in<br />
the list transmitted confidentially to the Operator);<br />
(c) Transit baggage. These are sent to the baggage handling area for X-ray checks and<br />
then for loa<strong>di</strong>ng on the continuing flight; baggage originating from national airports<br />
or EU airports are exempt from the x-ray checks (with the exception of the EU<br />
countries and/or airports specified in the list transmitted confidentially to the<br />
Operator);<br />
(d) Local baggage with priority con<strong>di</strong>tion (Priority Baggage). It is sent to baggage claim<br />
and delivered first;<br />
(e) Local baggage. These are sent to the carousels to be delivered to the passengers.<br />
(2) Mail. Airmail is unloaded before the cargo and sent to the Cargo Warehouse.<br />
(3) Cargo. Cargo is unloaded after the airmail, taking the following priorities into account.<br />
(a) Cargo with priority con<strong>di</strong>tions (express cargo, valuable cargo etc.).<br />
(i) Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the cargo documentation, “express” cargo is unloaded first and<br />
sent to the Cargo Warehouse before unloa<strong>di</strong>ng other cargo.<br />
(ii) For cargo classified as valuable (“valuable cargo”), follow the safety<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for all valuable cargo (jewellery, stamps etc.)<br />
(b) Special cargo that requires special warehousing <strong>procedure</strong>s (ex. AVI)<br />
(c) Remaining cargo. Remember that particular attention is required when unloa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
special and/or dangerous goods (such as heavy parcels, dangerous goods categorised<br />
among the IATA restrictions – DGR, live animals, human remains, etc)..<br />
Also remember:<br />
(1)Do not unload FKT (Flight Kits, Spare Parts) or EIC (Equipment In Compartment) that are<br />
part of the aircraft’s on board equipment;<br />
(2) Do not unload the baggage of the crew in transit;<br />
(3) Always check that the holds are empty before starting to load.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 93 of 165<br />
2.2.3.2 General aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng rules<br />
After the aircraft has been unloaded, loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s are started imme<strong>di</strong>ately for departure,<br />
following the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions. The following <strong>procedure</strong> applies for the stowage of the<br />
departing inert load<br />
(1) Cargo. Cargo is loaded first so upon arrival at the destination it is unloaded last;<br />
(2) Mail. Mail is loaded imme<strong>di</strong>ately after the cargo and prior to the baggage so that at the<br />
destination it is unloaded after the baggage and prior to the cargo;<br />
(3) Baggage. Passenger baggage is loaded last so it can be unloaded first at the destination. In<br />
most cases, the baggage is <strong>di</strong>vided as follows<br />
(a) Baggage in transit at the airport of destination (defined "baggage in transit")<br />
(i)<br />
(ii)<br />
With a priority con<strong>di</strong>tion (Priority Baggage)<br />
Without a priority con<strong>di</strong>tion <strong>di</strong>vided, if necessary, only for domestic<br />
flights into<br />
(iii) Baggage in domestic transit, with a final domestic destination;<br />
(iii) Baggage in international transit, with a final international destination;<br />
(b) Baggage en<strong>di</strong>ng its journey at the airport of destination (defined "local baggage")<br />
<strong>di</strong>vided if necessary into<br />
(i) Baggage with a priority con<strong>di</strong>tion (Priority Baggage, C/C passengers);<br />
(ii) Baggage without a priority con<strong>di</strong>tion (Y/C passengers)<br />
(c) Delivery At Aircraft (DAA). Unchecked baggage taken from the passengers<br />
under the aircraft upon departure must be loaded last separately so they can be<br />
delivered to the passengers imme<strong>di</strong>ately upon arrival.<br />
Also remember that:<br />
1. For flights lan<strong>di</strong>ng at multiple airports (multi-leg flight) do not stow cargo, mail or baggage<br />
with <strong>di</strong>fferent destinations in the same compartment to prevent having to unload, check and<br />
reload cargo, mail and baggage in transit at a transit airport;<br />
2. Baggage is loaded so it can be accessed easily and is not blocked by other load<br />
components;<br />
3. Only load cargo and mail that can be unloaded at the destination airport,<br />
4. On aircraft with a bulk load, always check that the nets that separate the compartments have<br />
been positioned correctly before closing the door.<br />
(a) Loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions and changes<br />
The information provided in paragraph 2.2.3.2 applies for the loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions.<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions are issued for each flight accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the Carrier’s <strong>procedure</strong>s (ex.<br />
<strong>standard</strong> loa<strong>di</strong>ng, restrictions, embargo, etc.). Each change made to the departing load is agreed<br />
upon between the flight ramp and the Weight and Balance Attendant to check its applicability<br />
and is noted on the document and countersigned prior to flight departure.<br />
(b) Compartment loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 94 of 165<br />
The loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions (LIS) specify the load for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual aircraft compartment; it is<br />
very important that the foreseen load never exceeds the maximum structural weight for the<br />
compartment to be loaded. The automatically prepared LIS specifies the maximum structural<br />
weights for each compartment to make sure that the limits are not exceeded already in the prebalancing<br />
phase; if the LIS is prepared <strong>manual</strong>ly, the Weight and Balance Attendant will be<br />
responsible for checking the maximum structural weights for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual compartment in<br />
advance so the documentation can be issued appropriately.<br />
Particular attention is required with regard to loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous and heavy cargo (HEA 1 parcels);<br />
in these cases the following aspects must be taken into account:<br />
1. all precautions must be taken to make sure that loa<strong>di</strong>ng can be carried out safely in order to<br />
prevent personnel from being injured or the aircraft and/or load from being damaged;<br />
2. HEA parcels must be packed suitably and be loaded in order to prevent the aircraft structure<br />
and/or the rest of the load from being damaged<br />
3. the weight of the heavy parcels is <strong>di</strong>stributed in order to respect the aircraft’s load restrictions;<br />
4. DGR and/or heavy parcels must always be fastened;<br />
5. dangerous goods parcels must always be loaded following the Carrier’s instructions, respecting any<br />
load incompatibilities in the case of various types of DGR cargo.<br />
(c) De<strong>di</strong>cated positions for some load items<br />
Some load items (ex. AVI, FKT) are loaded into de<strong>di</strong>cated compartments in order to<br />
guarantee suitable transport con<strong>di</strong>tions (ex. temperature, air volume, light for the transport of AVI),<br />
and that they can be found easily during all phases of the turnaround (ex. FKT, Crew bags, etc.).<br />
(d) General<br />
Each Carrier requires <strong>di</strong>vision for some load items in order to make the <strong>operations</strong> at the<br />
destination easier, and in particular for baggage items.<br />
(e) Originating first class or priority baggage<br />
Priority baggage includes all originating or transit baggage checked by passengers with a First<br />
(F – first class) or Business (C – club class) tariff class. This baggage is generally identified as<br />
“priority” baggage, but each Carrier can adopt its own specific code.<br />
If requested by the Carrier, check-in personnel must identify the baggage checked for<br />
passengers that travel in these classes on board the aircraft by placing a tag, in ad<strong>di</strong>tion to the<br />
baggage destination tag, that identifies the baggage as priority baggage. Each Carrier adopts its own,<br />
<strong>di</strong>fferent identification tag.<br />
IATA, AHM 453, Handling/bulk loa<strong>di</strong>ng of heavy items.<br />
If requested by the Carrier, baggage items with these tags are loaded separately on board the<br />
aircraft in order to make it easier to unload them at the airport of destination. Upon arrival, baggage<br />
is unloaded separately and delivered first.<br />
(f) Baggage in transit.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 95 of 165<br />
All originating baggage is considered baggage in transit that, once it reaches the airport of<br />
destination, must be loaded onto another connecting flight, that is, a flight in transit.<br />
Check-in personnel must tag transit baggage correctly by placing the tag that specifies all the<br />
destinations of the baggage up to the final destination (with a maximum of three connecting<br />
airports).<br />
In the case of baggage checked by passengers with a first class or club class ticket, an<br />
ad<strong>di</strong>tional “priority” ticket is attached, as required by the company, which identifies the baggage as<br />
priority baggage.<br />
If the Carrier requires the transit baggage to be ad<strong>di</strong>tionally separated accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the priority of<br />
the connecting flight, an ad<strong>di</strong>tional label can be attached that identifies baggage with short<br />
connection times ("Hot Connex" or "Short Connex").<br />
Upon Carrier request, “priority” baggage in transit is loaded on board the aircraft separately<br />
from the other baggage categories.<br />
(g) Crew baggage<br />
Flight and cabin crew baggage is marked with the airline’s specific label. Each company<br />
identifies a <strong>standard</strong> position in each type of aircraft where crew baggage is loaded. The in<strong>di</strong>cated<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng positions must always be observed.<br />
If the provided space is not sufficient, the rest of the crew baggage can be loaded in an adjacent<br />
section.<br />
If space remains, other inert load can be loaded together with the crew baggage, preferably<br />
other passenger baggage or mail. In this case, make sure that the baggage can be easily accessed<br />
for unloa<strong>di</strong>ng at the destination airport.<br />
(h) Cargo documents<br />
The documents that accompany cargo and/or mail shipments are loaded and positioned on<br />
board the aircraft accor<strong>di</strong>ng to airline provisions. The documents may be loaded in the hold on<br />
board the aircraft or <strong>di</strong>rectly delivered to the crew, depen<strong>di</strong>ng on the requests and <strong>procedure</strong>s of the<br />
assisted Carrier.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 96 of 165<br />
2.2.3.3 Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng bulk cargo<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 2. Bulk<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong>s for preparing for loa<strong>di</strong>ng bulk cargo take the following into account<br />
(1) that the <strong>di</strong>mensions and weight of the cargo do not exceed the airline’s or the aircraft’s load<br />
restrictions;<br />
(2) that the cargo parcels are stored, transported and loaded being careful to always comply<br />
with any load restrictions or incompatibilities;<br />
(3) that RRY cargo parcels are always prepared using special pallets with raised edges;<br />
(4) that the weight of the cargo is calculated and determined following any specific airline<br />
instructions.<br />
(a) Use of the load separation nets<br />
The load separation nets in the aircraft hold are used to block the load placed in a specific<br />
aircraft hold; if the load separation nets or their anchor hooks are damaged, the ramp attendant<br />
informs the flight Captain or maintenance engineer and that hold will not be used for loa<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
All hold nets used for loa<strong>di</strong>ng are fastened and tightened before the doors are closed. If a hold<br />
has not been used for the load, the separation nets do not need to be positioned, but it must be<br />
checked that they do not obstacle the door opening/closing movement.<br />
(b) Rules for loa<strong>di</strong>ng heavy parcels (HEA)<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng HEA on board an aircraft is done accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the transport safety con<strong>di</strong>tions foreseen<br />
by the <strong>manual</strong>s and the airline.<br />
To ensure precise and quick loa<strong>di</strong>ng, the entire load is checked in advance, following the loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
instructions received before starting the loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>. The parcels are not loaded onto the<br />
aircraft if<br />
(1) they do not appear to be packed in a suitable manner;<br />
(2) they could damage the aircraft or other loaded items;<br />
(3) they could contaminate the aircraft or the remaining load.<br />
To safely load any HEA parcel, the following information is necessary<br />
(1) the maximum structural compartment, surface and linear weights of the aircraft onto<br />
which the heavy parcel (HEA) is loaded to calculate the minimum number of boards<br />
required for <strong>di</strong>stributing the weight;<br />
(2) the fastening and constraint factors for calculating the minimum number of straps and hooks<br />
required to anchor the parcel safely.<br />
The number of boards necessary for <strong>di</strong>stributing the weight of a parcel is obtained by<br />
calculating the parcel’s contact surface on the aircraft floor to remain within the maximum<br />
structural weight for the aircraft’s compartment.<br />
IATA, AHM 311, Securing offload.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 97 of 165<br />
The figure below represents fastening a HEA parcel accor<strong>di</strong>ng to IATA <strong>manual</strong>s<br />
Loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
cargo<br />
containerised<br />
baggage and<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong>s for preparing for loa<strong>di</strong>ng cargo on pallets take the following into account<br />
(1) that the ULD (pallets and containers) are in a good con<strong>di</strong>tion;<br />
(2) that they are built accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the structural <strong>di</strong>mensions and restrictions of the aircraft or the ULD<br />
themselves;<br />
(3) incompatible parcels are separated accor<strong>di</strong>ng to LATA and airline provisions;<br />
(4) that the tag on the ULD clearly specifies the ULD's destination, net weight, tare and gross weight;<br />
(5) when a DGR parcel is loaded on an ULD, the specific tag is used;<br />
(6) each special load is clearly marked with its IMP code in the remarks box on the ULD tag<br />
(7) the loa<strong>di</strong>ng position on board the aircraft is clearly in<strong>di</strong>cated in the specific section of the ULD tag;<br />
(8) the weight of the cargo is calculated and determined following any specific airline instructions.<br />
(a) Description of the containerised loa<strong>di</strong>ng system<br />
For some aircraft types, the system used for loa<strong>di</strong>ng baggage, cargo and mail consists in placing<br />
them on pallets or in specific containers. The floor of the baggage compartments and the cabin floor<br />
(for combi aircraft) are provided with motorised and/or <strong>manual</strong> sli<strong>di</strong>ng rollers and <strong>di</strong>rectional braking<br />
systems (binary and blocks). There are pallets and containers of various sizes that were designed and<br />
built for baggage compartments in <strong>di</strong>fferent aircraft types (ex. LD3 for B747 and A300, AKH for<br />
A320-A321, LD2 and LD8/DQF for B767) and there are pallets and containers of larger sizes that were<br />
designed and built for being loaded on the main deck of all-cargo or combi aircraft (AQ6,20 Feet etc).<br />
The use of these ULD reduces the time required for aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> and permits shorter<br />
transit times at airports, as most stowage and fastening work is carried out before the flight arrives and<br />
after its departure.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 3. Unloa<strong>di</strong>ng devices.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 98 of 165<br />
Stowage is done at the cargo warehouse or the baggage handling area. The cargo warehouse attendant<br />
or those responsible for baggage stowage are responsible for complying with the bulk cargo rules for<br />
preparing the pallets and/or containers whereas the Ramp Attendant under the aircraft must ensure that<br />
the ULD are <strong>di</strong>stributed and anchored on board the aircraft as required by the Loa<strong>di</strong>ng Instructions.<br />
(a) Using the containerised load system<br />
The pallets and containers are loaded onto the aircraft using special ramp equipment (cargo<br />
loaders). Before being loaded, any snow or ice on the ULD is removed. Once loaded onto the<br />
aircraft, they are placed in their assigned positioned and blocked there. Inside the aircraft, the ULD<br />
can be moved to their positions <strong>manual</strong>ly or using motorised rollers located in the hold floor that<br />
are operated using controls positioned near the hold access door. When the ULD reaches the<br />
positioned assigned by load <strong>di</strong>stribution, it is secured with fasteners.<br />
2.2.3.4 Extraor<strong>di</strong>nary loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
In ad<strong>di</strong>tion to the normal loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> in the aircraft hold, there are special <strong>procedure</strong>s when the<br />
passenger cabin seats are used for loa<strong>di</strong>ng mail, baggage. We can usually consider the following<br />
situations:<br />
(1) CSB (Cargo Seat Bags): these are covers that are used to cover passenger seats that create<br />
compartments between the seats that can be used for loa<strong>di</strong>ng mail on night-time postal flights<br />
when there is not enough space available in the hold or accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the <strong>standard</strong> mail loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
methods agreed upon with the Carrier.<br />
(2) SOC (Seat Occupied by Cargo): this is the use of a passenger cabin seat for transporting<br />
baggage in the cabin for which the customer paid an extra amount (extra seat); upon<br />
embarkation the baggage is loaded on the seat next to the passenger and fastened with<br />
rope/straps to prevent it from moving during the flight.<br />
2.2.3.5 Tipping prevention <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
During the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> for a passenger, cargo or combi aircraft, aircraft<br />
balancing con<strong>di</strong>tions may be created where the rear section of the aircraft is heavier than<br />
the front section. Therefore, the aircraft could incline backward, pivoting on its main wheels,<br />
resulting in damage to the aircraft, ramp equipment and creating serious danger for the<br />
personnel in charge of the <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
To prevent this risk, the Ramp Attendant and the aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng Attendants<br />
must follow the <strong>procedure</strong>s described here that are most suitable for the type of load and<br />
aircraft<br />
IATA, AHM 431, Aircraft ground stability. Tipping<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 99 of 165<br />
(1) The flight weight and balance attendant can constantly follow the actual balancing of the aircraft<br />
at any moment while it is being loaded by checking the Balance Chart for the aircraft model. If<br />
the aircraft’s barycentre lies outside the con<strong>di</strong>tions of safety, he may prepare the loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
instructions as follows:<br />
(a) for a passenger aircraft, first unload the rear holds and then the front ones and first load the front<br />
holds and then the rear ones;<br />
(b) for a cargo aircraft, first have a fully loaded pallet placed on board in the front position before<br />
carrying out the subsequent loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(2) The aircraft support regulations foreseen by the Carrier may require, prior to starting each<br />
unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng operation, that a tail post or weights are positioned on the aircraft’s front wheel -,<br />
(3) In certain extreme circumstances, and in particular for a combi aircraft, it may be necessary to<br />
regulate the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng of passengers, who provide a counterweight function on the aircraft;<br />
(4) Some types of aircraft have alarm systems that alert the operators if there is a tipping risk;<br />
(5) In con<strong>di</strong>tions of particularly strong wind or snow, there may be a tipping risk for the aircraft. The<br />
Carrier may request that extra ballast is loaded in the aircraft’s front hold to prevent tipping.<br />
Any restriction made by the Carrier with regard to the aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng operation<br />
sequence in order to maintain the balancing con<strong>di</strong>tion on the ground must be observed.<br />
2.2.3.6 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng “special” baggage<br />
(a) WAM - Weapons and Ammunition<br />
Sporting weapons and ammunition may be loaded onto an aircraft as checked baggage (see Standard<br />
Operative Procedure 2.1.3.1 (d)) 1 .<br />
Baggage containing sporting weapons or ammunition that is checked in regularly<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the <strong>procedure</strong>s and provisions issued by the ICAO, JAA, ENAC and the<br />
Carrier is stowed on the aircraft in a manner that it cannot be accessed by passengers<br />
during the flight.<br />
If the aircraft does not have loa<strong>di</strong>ng compartments that are separate from the<br />
passenger cabin, weapons and ammunition must be loaded separately under passenger<br />
baggage to make them inaccessible. The Carrier may use other loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
ICAO, Technical instruction for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air, JAA, JAR-OPS 1.070, Carriage of sporting<br />
weapons and ammunition; JAA, IEM-QPS 1.070, Carriage of sporting weapons.<br />
(b) Wheelchairs<br />
When loa<strong>di</strong>ng wheelchairs or other battery operated equipment, always consider the type of<br />
battery, if it is a dry battery, a gel cell battery or if it contains corrosive liquids. In any case, always<br />
follow the precise <strong>procedure</strong>s specified by IATA.<br />
Wheelchairs with a dry battery, gel cell battery or a non-spill battery can be embarked<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following <strong>procedure</strong>: the dry battery is <strong>di</strong>sconnected from the equipment, blocked<br />
and the terminals are isolated to prevent accidental short circuits.<br />
Wheelchairs that have liquid batteries or a battery with spillable liquid can be embarked if<br />
the wheelchair can be loaded and blocked on board the aircraft in a vertical position and<br />
special precautions are taken for the battery. It is <strong>di</strong>sconnected, its terminals protected from short<br />
circuiting and the battery itself is blocked to the wheelchair. If the wheelchair cannot be loaded<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 100 of 165<br />
and blocked in a vertical position, the battery must be removed: and the wheelchair checked as<br />
normal baggage.<br />
(c) "Courier” baggage<br />
The <strong>di</strong>plomatic bags that travel without the passenger for whom the bag is checked are<br />
considered “courier” baggage.<br />
(d) Objects that are collected for safety reasons<br />
It is not permitted to transport objects in the cabin that are considered dangerous for flight safety.<br />
This includes objects such as edged weapons, swords, lances, daggers, scissors, walking canes and<br />
any other dangerous object. Although not intended to harm anyone, being instruments used only<br />
for home or work purposes, these objects are considered improper weapons and can only be<br />
transported in checked baggage. Reproductions of fire arms are considered in the same manner,<br />
whereas simple toys that are obviously only similar to weapons and in the possession of children are<br />
excluded.<br />
If these are <strong>di</strong>scovered in the unchecked baggage after check-in, they will be removed from<br />
the passengers at the security check or upon boar<strong>di</strong>ng if ad<strong>di</strong>tional checks are made by security<br />
personnel. These objects will be transported as “CHECKED” baggage in specific containers<br />
provided by the airlines, if available, which can be envelopes or cardboard boxes bearing <strong>manual</strong><br />
tags that are numbered with the same number as one of the passenger’s checked bags.<br />
The containers are not delivered to the crew but loaded into the hold together with other<br />
checked baggage and handled at the airport of destination or transit just like a checked bag.<br />
Otherwise, the object cannot be transported.<br />
IATA, AHM 345, Handling of battery operated wheelchair as checked baggage; IATA, DGR, Dangerous goods<br />
regulations.<br />
IATA, AHM 140, Items removed from passenger’s possession by security personnel after check-in. (e) Rush baggage<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 101 of 165<br />
(e) Rush baggage<br />
“Rush” baggage is baggage that for various reasons does not travel on the same flight as the<br />
passenger; this baggage is rerouted to the airport of destination with the “rush” tag.<br />
The rerouting is done using the following <strong>procedure</strong>:<br />
1/ The RUSH baggage must always be sent to the final destination of the baggage itself<br />
2/ The RUSH <strong>procedure</strong> is only applicable when the baggage has been requested by another airport using<br />
the specific messages and/or with the relative AHL documentation.<br />
3/ The baggage must be rerouted in the following order of precedence:<br />
- same Carrier<br />
- code sharing and/or partner Carrier<br />
- other available Carrier<br />
In the case of a low cost Carrier, the rush baggage can only be rerouted on the same Carrier.<br />
A low cost Carrier does not carry rush baggage from another Carrier.<br />
4/ The baggage must be tagged with the special Carrier and/or airport RUSH tag, which is green or red<br />
depen<strong>di</strong>ng on if the destination is EU/EXTRA EU<br />
5/ The original baggage tag, if present, must not be removed but must be folded so it does not create<br />
confusion in rea<strong>di</strong>ng the baggage destination.<br />
6/ If there is a delivery note or a relative key, they must be placed in one of the baggage pockets, if<br />
present, or attached to the baggage using the “<strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova” tape in order to block the pocket<br />
opening or the exiting of the note itself.<br />
7/ The attendant MUST send the FWD or FAH or FOH message, filling it out completely.<br />
Inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the note XRAY OK<br />
8/ The attendant must inform the ramp for its collection and subsequent X-ray check.<br />
9/ The load control agent must inform the ramp attendant that RUSH baggage is on board.<br />
10/ The ramp attendant must inform the Captain that RUSH baggage is on board.<br />
11/ RUSH baggage may be loaded ONLY after it has been x-rayed, and upon confirmation, the safety<br />
personnel must place SECURITY tags on the baggage.<br />
12/ Before loa<strong>di</strong>ng, the ramp attendant must make sure that the baggage has been given the “SECURITY”<br />
tag.<br />
15/ The presence of RUSH baggage on board must be pointed out in the load information, in the<br />
loadsheet and in the flight messages.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 102 of 165<br />
16/ A copy of the FWD message sent by the Lost and Found office must be filed together with the flight<br />
file.<br />
Rush baggage travels together with all other departing baggage and is usually loaded last if<br />
the flight Captain requires it to be visually checked.<br />
2.2.3.7 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng special cargo<br />
Procedures and instructions concerning some types of cargo defined as “special cargo". This includes<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng live animals 1 and valuable cargo, perishable cargo, human remains, and shipments of special<br />
importance or urgency 2 . For these last types of shipments, in particular, remember that:<br />
(1) all personnel involved in loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng must be informed of the particular type of cargo and<br />
any requirements necessary for handling the specific type of shipment;<br />
(2) particular attention is required for the safety of valuable cargo or easily perishable cargo<br />
(3) perishable cargo is loaded accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the requirements for that particular shipment;<br />
(4) a shipment that is considered special cargo must carry, in a clear and visible manner, a<br />
"special consignment” tag or other airline tag.<br />
(a) 1 AVI-Live animals<br />
(1) handling of live animal shipments<br />
(a) the ground transport and the loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng of the animals must be done so<br />
that the animals are not frightened or entangled;<br />
(b) the animals are loaded in a ventilated and pressurised hold that must never be<br />
completely filled so that they can breathe;<br />
(c) these shipments must be unloaded as soon as possible and remain protected from<br />
bad weather and from sunlight while being stored and waiting;<br />
(2) stowage on the aircraft<br />
(b) bulk parcels and ULD containing live animals must always be anchored on board<br />
the aircraft to prevent them from moving and the animals from falling.<br />
(3) loa<strong>di</strong>ng incompatibilities when transporting live animals<br />
(a) in general, live animals may not be stowed near other cargo shipments that may<br />
have a negative impact on their health;<br />
(b) animals of species that are rivals or hostile with each other (dogs and cats) cannot<br />
be loaded in the same compartment and animals of the opposite sex of the same<br />
species are loaded as far as possible from each other;<br />
(3) the incompatibilities with particular cargo must be observed, such as dry ice (ICE),<br />
food (EAT) and human remains (HUM) and dangerous goods such as cryogenic<br />
liquids (RCL), poisonous substances (RPB), infective substances (RIS);<br />
(d) live animals can be loaded into the same compartment with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive substance<br />
(RRY) in compliance with the minimum required <strong>di</strong>stances;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 103 of 165<br />
(e) particular attention is required when shipping chicks, young turkeys, ducklings and<br />
baby geese;<br />
(f) animals originating from laboratories, carrying infections that can be transmitted to<br />
humans, must only be transported pursuant to special agreements with the airline and<br />
government authorisation;<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 5. Live animals.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 6. Other special cargo.<br />
IATA, AHM 332, Handling and stowage of live animals IATA, LAR, Live animal regulation<br />
(b) COM - Company Mail '<br />
The inter-office correspondence the airline sends on its own aircraft is called Company Mail. These<br />
shipments can travel without a manifest provi<strong>di</strong>ng that:<br />
(1) the Company Mail bag is sealed;<br />
(2) x-ray checks were completed;<br />
(3) it is not left unattended;<br />
(4) the shipment is limited to correspondence. Parcels or cardboard boxes are shipped as service<br />
cargo.<br />
(c) DIP - Diplomatic Shipments<br />
These shipments are covered by <strong>di</strong>plomatic privileges and are not subject to customs<br />
inspections. These are closed and sealed parcels that are stowed together with normal<br />
cargo but in a manner that permits their quick unloa<strong>di</strong>ng at the airport of destination.<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> is the same as for valuable cargo.<br />
(d) FIL Film<br />
Print or journalistic material that includes undeveloped film is coded as FIL; FIL<br />
material is loaded observing specific separation <strong>procedure</strong>s when the load also contains<br />
ra<strong>di</strong>oactive material (RRY).<br />
IATA, AHM 360, Company Mail.<br />
(e) FRG – Service cargo<br />
Service cargo is cargo that the airline sends to itself from one airport to another.<br />
Service cargo includes all airline material and in particular<br />
(1) Aircraft and engine spare parts;<br />
(2) Carrier owned equipment;<br />
(3) Various materials such as airline printouts and schedules;<br />
(4) Airline advertising material.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 104 of 165<br />
Service cargo is non revenue cargo and does not pay an embarkation fee and is not placed on<br />
fiscal DUV documents.<br />
Service cargo can be identified by the various airlines as<br />
(1)FRG - Freight Non-revenue;<br />
(2)EIC - Equipment in Compartment,<br />
(3)FKT - Flight Kit (Spare Parts);<br />
(4)CSU - Catering Service Units.<br />
It is absolutely prohibited to send personal items on an aircraft as service cargo.<br />
(f) EAT - Foodstuff for human consumption<br />
The transport of non-perishable foodstuffs can be done complying with certain restrictions in the<br />
presence of other dangerous goods such as toxic (RPB) or infective (RIS) substances; in this case,<br />
they cannot be loaded into the same compartment or, if loaded in ULD, they cannot be loaded<br />
next to each other.<br />
Foodstuffs (EAT) cannot be loaded in the same baggage compartment together with live<br />
animals (AVI) and/or human remains (HUM); if loaded in ULD, they cannot be loaded next to each<br />
other.<br />
(g) ICE - Dry ice<br />
Dry ice may be used as a coolant with a maximum of 200 kg. per compartment, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the<br />
main aircraft cabin. The same restriction applies for the maximum content in the same container.<br />
Dry ice is never loaded in the same unventilated baggage compartment with live animals.<br />
(h) PER - Perishable cargo<br />
Perishable cargo is cargo whose con<strong>di</strong>tion or suitability for use and consumption can<br />
deteriorate if exposed to changes in temperature or humi<strong>di</strong>ty or transport delays. Perishable<br />
products can be flowers, plants, fish, meat, frozen food products, serums and vaccines,<br />
newspapers and more. As these are articles that are very sensitive to temperature changes, they<br />
should be stowed in suitable baggage compartments. For the same reason, this is cargo that once it<br />
arrives on a flight, it must be delivered to the cargo warehouse in a short amount of time to be sent<br />
to the waiting customer.<br />
The following perishable cargo belongs to the PER category, and has ad<strong>di</strong>tional codes<br />
(1) PEF - Perishable flowers and plants<br />
(a) are stowed in a manner to prevent <strong>di</strong>rect contact with the hold floor or walls;<br />
(b) are not loaded in the same compartment or ULD with fresh fruit or vegetable products in<br />
order to prevent the ethylene gas emitted by the vegetables from causing them to deteriorate.<br />
(2) PEM - Perishable meat<br />
(a) Shipments of meat or similar items are packed in water resistant containers and handled<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the provisions for "wet cargo";<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 105 of 165<br />
(b) The con<strong>di</strong>tions of maximum hygiene must be followed during all shipment handling and<br />
transport <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(c) The requested transport temperatures must be observed.<br />
(3)PEP - Perishable fruits and vegetables. Particular measures must be considered when packing<br />
these products and when stowing them on board an aircraft with other generic cargo to prevent<br />
the parcels from being crushed;<br />
(4)PES - Perishable fish and seafood.<br />
(a) Fish shipments are always packed in special containers and handled as "wet cargo";<br />
(b) Any dry ice used for cooling the shipment is packed and sealed inside the package;<br />
(5)HEG - Hatching eggs (see section i);<br />
(6)LHO - live human organs – Organs for transplant or blood for transfusions (see section m);<br />
(7)EAT - Food for human or animal consumption (see section f).<br />
IATA, AHM 330, Handling perishable cargo; LATA, PCM, Perishable cargo <strong>manual</strong>.<br />
(i) HEG - Hatching eggs<br />
Hatching eggs are not stowed near shipments containing dry ice (ICE) or cryogenic liquids<br />
(RCL). Hatching eggs travel at a <strong>di</strong>stance from ra<strong>di</strong>oactive materials in categories Yellow II and<br />
Yellow IH accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the instructions and <strong>di</strong>stances specified by the specific tables contained in<br />
the <strong>manual</strong> DGRIATA.<br />
(1) HUM - Human Remains<br />
With regar<strong>di</strong>ng to the handling <strong>operations</strong>, involved personnel must remember that:<br />
(1) the <strong>operations</strong> of loa<strong>di</strong>ng and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng coffins and cinerary urns are done before passenger<br />
embarkation and <strong>di</strong>sembarkation if possible and so they cannot be seen;<br />
(2) funeral ceremonies are not permitted on the apron or near the aircraft;<br />
(3) foodstuffs for human and/or animal consumption and live animals (AVI) may not be<br />
transported in the same compartment.<br />
IATA, AHM 330, Handling Perishable Cargo 2.2 Hatching. Eggs.<br />
IATA, DGR, Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
IATA, AHM 333, Handling of human remains.<br />
(m) LHO - Living Human Organs & Blood Plasma<br />
Human transplant organs and blood for transfusion are transported with the code LHO.<br />
The parcels transporting these materials may be loaded in a compartment with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive<br />
material in categories Yellow-II and Yellow-III, making sure that the <strong>di</strong>stance between them is the<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 106 of 165<br />
same as the <strong>di</strong>stance foreseen between the ra<strong>di</strong>oactive parcels and the passengers. There is no<br />
restriction regar<strong>di</strong>ng parcels with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive material in the category White-I.<br />
LHO parcels are stowed adequately separated from parcels containing human remains (HUM).<br />
(n) MAG - Magnetized Materials<br />
Magnetized or magnetizing material may be transported without weight limits. Magnetic material is<br />
loaded at a <strong>di</strong>stance from other material or cargo that could be sensitive to the magnetic field it<br />
emits and far from onboard aircraft instruments.<br />
(o) VAL - Valuable Cargo<br />
Special loads defined as VAL - Valuable Cargo include items that due to their particular nature<br />
reach a high commercial value with regard to their weight/volume ratio. These include<br />
(1) gold bars, gold coins, gold in various forms;<br />
(2) platinum and platinum metal (palla<strong>di</strong>um, iri<strong>di</strong>um, ruthenium, osmium and rho<strong>di</strong>um) and<br />
various forms of platinum alloys;<br />
(3) <strong>di</strong>amonds (inclu<strong>di</strong>ng those for industrial use) rubies, sapphires, emeralds, natural peals<br />
(inclu<strong>di</strong>ng cultivated pearls) and jewels made up of these precious stones;<br />
(4) legal currency, checks, stocks, bonds, coupons, postage stamps;<br />
(5) in general, every article that has a declared value greater than or equal to $1,000 (or<br />
equivalent) per gross kilogram.<br />
It is important to check that upon embarkation, the packing was done in a manner that can<br />
prevent tampering and does not show signs of damage. If their size permits it, the parcels are placed<br />
in the onboard security lockers. In this case, the Pilot that accepts them, signs the Valuable cargo<br />
delivery note that always accompanies these shipments.<br />
If the parcels are too large, they will be stowed together with the rest of the load last, just before the<br />
door is closed and stowed in a position that makes it possible to control them at any transit airports<br />
and to be quickly identified at the airport of arrival.<br />
Shipments of valuable cargo ("desirable") are always escorted from the aircraft to the Cargo<br />
Warehouse and vice versa by security personnel.<br />
IATA, AHM 330,Handling perishable cargo. 2.7. Living human organs/blood .<br />
IATA, AHM 331, Handling and protection of valuable cargo.<br />
(p) Wet Cargo<br />
Please observe the following precautions when loa<strong>di</strong>ng and handling “wet cargo”<br />
(1) place a sheet of plastic or similar item on the floor and walls of the aircraft compartment<br />
to collect any liquid spilled from the parcel;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 107 of 165<br />
(2) "wet cargo" containers are handled, stowed and anchored in a vertical position;<br />
(3) all special instructions placed on the parcel (ex. THIS WAY UP tag) must be observed;<br />
(4) parcels that are damaged or found damaged must not be stowed in ULD or loaded onto<br />
the aircraft (ex. a punctured parcel with traces of its content escaping from it or defects in its<br />
closure plug);<br />
(5)for "wet cargo" parcels transported in ULD that are not packed in specific containers,<br />
ad<strong>di</strong>tional precautions should be taken to guarantee that spillages are contained by means<br />
of<br />
(a) placing and securing the shipment in a container that is large enough to collect its<br />
content if spilled;<br />
(b) placing a sheet of plastic on the floor of the ULD, attaching the edges of the sheet<br />
itself inside the walls of the ULD or to other cargo parcels in order to create a<br />
protection around the shipment.<br />
If liquid spills from shipments classified as wet cargo on board an aircraft while it is being<br />
loaded, inform the Carrier manager, airline engineer or flight Captain imme<strong>di</strong>ately of the<br />
occurrence so imme<strong>di</strong>ate steps can be taken for the purposes of flight safety.<br />
IATA, AHM 322, Handling wet cargo.<br />
IATA, AHM 322, Handling wet cargo, 7, Action in case of spillage.<br />
(q) Sacks and bags<br />
An airline may use sacks or bags to transport small sized cargo parcels from the same point of<br />
departure to the same point of arrival. The material and size of these sacks or bags is optional<br />
and is selected by the airline. The colour is<br />
(1) Yellow – for cargo parcel shipments;<br />
(2) Blue – for mail shipments;<br />
(3) Green –for Company Mail shipments (COM);<br />
(4) Grey –objects taken from passengers for safety reasons;<br />
(5) Orange – valuable cargo (VAL).<br />
The <strong>di</strong>fference in colour makes it possible to quickly identify the content of the sack or bag.<br />
2.2.3.8 Procedures and instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous goods - DGR<br />
The term Dangerous Goods applies to cargo that due to its characteristics cannot be checked in<br />
for air transport or loaded onto an aircraft unless precise safety <strong>procedure</strong>s are followed. This<br />
cargo is defined and specified by the <strong>manual</strong> IATA - Dangerous Goods Regulations - DGR to which<br />
all airlines belonging to the association refer.<br />
All personnel involved with the phases and processes of checking-in, storing, checking,<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng and checking the load of cargo classified as “dangerous” must be properly<br />
trained and informed as foreseen by the ICAO, JAA, IATA regulations.<br />
These <strong>procedure</strong>s are <strong>di</strong>vided into<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 108 of 165<br />
(1) instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng attendants and <strong>procedure</strong>s for loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous goods accor<strong>di</strong>ng to<br />
ICAO and IATA regulations for flight and passenger safety;<br />
(2) instructions for workers and attendants involved in handling dangerous material with regard<br />
to their personal safety;<br />
Please refer to ICAO and IATA regulations for the definition of dangerous goods (DGR).<br />
Each Carrier may adopt ad<strong>di</strong>tional restrictions on the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of some or all dangerous goods<br />
classified by ICAO or IATA. These variations or restrictions must be observed each time that cargo<br />
is loaded onto an aircraft for that Carrier.<br />
ICAO, Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air, IATA, DGR, Dangerous goods regulations, JAA,<br />
JAR-OPS 1.080, Offering dangerous goods for transport by air, JAA, JAR-OPS 1, Subpart R, Transport of dangerous goods by<br />
air.<br />
ICAO, Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air.<br />
IATA, DGR, Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
(i) Checking dangerous goods prior to loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
Before being stowed on board the aircraft in a compartment, on a pallet or in a container,<br />
each parcel of dangerous goods must be<br />
(1) carefully inspected in order to check for all possible damage on the parcel’s external surface<br />
or if there are traces of its content escaping from it;<br />
(2) controlled to check the integrity of any safety seals on the parcel.<br />
(ii) Loa<strong>di</strong>ng dangerous goods<br />
Dangerous goods parcels must be protected from damage and blocked to prevent them from<br />
moving during the flight, which could change their orientation on board the aircraft. All parcels<br />
containing dangerous goods must always be fastened and anchored during air transport. All parcels<br />
containing incompatible dangerous goods must be physically separated when placed on pallets or<br />
loaded as bulk items on board the aircraft. This can be ensured by:<br />
(1) a <strong>di</strong>stance between the parcels containing incompatible dangerous goods;<br />
(2) loa<strong>di</strong>ng a not-dangerous goods parcel between two incompatible parcels of dangerous goods.<br />
During the transport of all parcels that have a "THIS WAY UP" tag, they must always be<br />
handled, loaded and stowed accor<strong>di</strong>ng to this in<strong>di</strong>cation. In<strong>di</strong>vidual parcels of dangerous liquid cargo<br />
must always be handled and loaded with the top side facing upward even though some parcels may<br />
have a side opening.<br />
During loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>, each parcel, overpack or container with dangerous goods must be<br />
handled with the necessary care and caution in order to prevent damaging the parcel, overpack or<br />
container or causing harm to the people who are loa<strong>di</strong>ng them.<br />
If damage to a parcel or the spillage of a substance from a parcel containing dangerous goods is<br />
caused during loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong>, appropriate actions must be taken imme<strong>di</strong>ately in agreement with<br />
the airline, airport safety <strong>procedure</strong>s or local governmental authorities.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 109 of 165<br />
More in general, if during the <strong>operations</strong> of loa<strong>di</strong>ng or unloa<strong>di</strong>ng a parcel with dangerous<br />
goods, damage is <strong>di</strong>scovered or the parcel is damaged<br />
(1) the damaged parcels must not be loaded onto the aircraft;<br />
(2) the other parcels in the shipment must be checked to look for similar defects;<br />
(3) any other parcels damaged by the content lost from a parcel containing dangerous goods<br />
must be unloaded.<br />
(iii) ICAO - Cargo Aircraft Only<br />
Parcels and overpacks that bear a CAO tag can be loaded onto a cargo aircraft only when they<br />
can always be controlled and viewed by the crew or another authorised person. If possible,<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to their size and weight, they must be separated from other cargo parcels during the flight.<br />
Parcels and overpacks with a CAO Cargo Aircraft Only tag may never be loaded onto a<br />
passenger or combi aircraft.<br />
(iv) | Loa<strong>di</strong>ng incompatible dangerous goods<br />
Parcels containing cargo and substances that can react dangerously together must never be loaded<br />
close together on board the aircraft or in a position where the two parcels could accidentally come into<br />
contact.<br />
Incompatibilities among dangerous goods are specified in the <strong>manual</strong> IATA Dangerous Goods<br />
Regulations in the incompatibilities table.<br />
When loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>di</strong>fferent parcels of dangerous goods together, each with a <strong>di</strong>fferent type of<br />
dangerousness, the reciprocal incompatibility of each <strong>di</strong>fferent type of parcel dangerousness must<br />
always be checked.<br />
Parcels containing dangerous goods with more than one dangerousness classification and that<br />
require separation based on the incompatibilities table do not need to be separated from other<br />
dangerous goods parcels that have the same UN classification number as it is the same type of cargo.<br />
(v) Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive materials<br />
Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive materials are <strong>di</strong>vided into three categories based on their emission of ra<strong>di</strong>ation<br />
(1)Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive RRW Category I;<br />
(2)Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive RRY Category II;<br />
(3)Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive RRY Category III;<br />
Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive RRW Category I parcels are parcels that do not have a transport index and for<br />
which there are no loa<strong>di</strong>ng restrictions. Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive parcels RRY are subjected to loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
restrictions based on their transport index. The loa<strong>di</strong>ng restriction concerns the minimum <strong>di</strong>stance<br />
the parcel must be positioned from the passengers, the crew members and other categories of<br />
special cargo.<br />
The loa<strong>di</strong>ng restriction is calculated based on a table contained in the IATA Dangerous Goods<br />
Regulations <strong>manual</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 110 of 165<br />
Special <strong>procedure</strong>s must be adopted in handling and for rapid intervention if a parcel containing<br />
ra<strong>di</strong>oactive substances or materials is damaged.<br />
All personnel responsible for loa<strong>di</strong>ng or supervising ra<strong>di</strong>oactive materials, or personnel<br />
involved with them in any way, must be careful of the following<br />
(1) handle ra<strong>di</strong>oactive parcels carefully, avoi<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> that could damage the parcels;<br />
(2) do not remain near parcels of category Yellow II and/or Yellow III for more time than is<br />
strictly necessary;<br />
(3) remember that parcel loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> must be done in the shortest amount of<br />
time possible, in accordance with the precautions that protect the parcel from damage;<br />
(4) make sure that the parcels have been marked correctly with the ra<strong>di</strong>oactivity symbol, with<br />
an in<strong>di</strong>cation of the contained isotope, with the category of the parcel and the transport index<br />
(if provided);<br />
(5) if any irregularity is detected, follow the defined personal safety <strong>procedure</strong>s and<br />
imme<strong>di</strong>ately inform an on-duty manager;<br />
(6) when transferring the parcels to and from under the aircraft, adopt all precautions that are<br />
necessary for preventing accidents or crushing. For the transport of parcels containing<br />
ra<strong>di</strong>oactive substances or materials, metal pallets with raised edges are used that can prevent<br />
the parcels from falling to the ground and being damaged;<br />
2.2.3.9 Ramp equipment and vehicles<br />
A list of ramp equipment<br />
1 Aircraft at a remote stand:<br />
a) Chocks and fire extinguishers<br />
b) Electric tractor (TE)<br />
c) Diesel forklift (FL)<br />
d) Baggage belt (NA) (conveyor belt)<br />
e) Passenger stairs (SC)<br />
f) GPU- Ground Power Unit<br />
g) Cargo Loader (CK) (Container-Pallet Highloader)<br />
h) Passenger bus (BU)<br />
i) Aircraft Cooling Unit (ACU)<br />
j) Potable water truck (CA)<br />
k) Toilet service truck (CI)<br />
l) Air Start Unit (ASU)<br />
m) Push-back tractor (TA) (Aircraft Tow Tractor)<br />
n) Tow bar (BT)<br />
o) Pallet Transporter (TR)<br />
p) Container Dollies (DB)<br />
q) Pallet Dollies (DB)<br />
r) Baggage carts (CB) (Baggage/cargo carts)<br />
s) De-icing unit (DI)<br />
(2) Aircraft at a bridge<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 111 of 165<br />
In ad<strong>di</strong>tion to the above specified<br />
equipment:<br />
a) Bridge (Jet Bridge)<br />
(i) Electrical connection<br />
(b) Checking the con<strong>di</strong>tions of the ramp equipment before use<br />
(1) All ramp equipment and vehicles must be kept in good con<strong>di</strong>tion. Before they are used under<br />
an aircraft, the efficiency and con<strong>di</strong>tion of the equipment must be checked;<br />
(2) Equipment that is unserviceable due to operating problems or due to extraor<strong>di</strong>nary maintenance<br />
must be visibly marked with an “OUT OF SERVICE” sign and made unusable until it has been sent<br />
to the Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Workshop for the repairs.<br />
IATA, AHM Chapter 9, Airport handling ground support equipment -IATA, AHM 910, Basic requirements for<br />
aircraft :ground support equipment<br />
(c) Rules for safely using ramp equipment<br />
(1) Ramp equipment and vehicles may only be used by personnel qualified and trained to use them.<br />
Equipment operators must be qualified in relation to the foreseen requirements.<br />
(2) The ramp equipment and vehicles are only used for the purposes foreseen and in<strong>di</strong>cated by the<br />
manufacturer;<br />
(3) Ramp equipment and vehicles must never cross the areas reserved for aircraft taxiing, unless in the<br />
areas foreseen for internal airport circulation or those foreseen for passenger<br />
<strong>di</strong>sembarkation/embarkation <strong>operations</strong>. The aircraft and passengers always have the right-of-way;<br />
(4) Ramp equipment must be positioned behind the waiting line with brakes engaged until the aircraft<br />
arrives at the stand or in the Equipment Stan<strong>di</strong>ng Area (ESA);<br />
(5) When the aircraft arrives, the bridges must be kept parked in a retracted position. Before aircraft<br />
departure or at the start of the push-back <strong>operations</strong>, the bridges must be returned to a retracted position.<br />
(6) All ramp equipment, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng bridges, must not be moved toward the aircraft until it has reached its<br />
parking position, has stopped, shut off its engines, turned off its anti-collision lights, the chocks are<br />
inserted and, if requested, contact between the ground and the onboard crew has been established;<br />
NOTE. It may be necessary to connect the external ground power unit before shutting off the<br />
aircraft engines.<br />
(7) The positioning of the ramp equipment and its connection to the aircraft account for the areas of<br />
danger for that type of aircraft.<br />
(8) Ramp equipment always has the parking brake engaged both when positioned below an aircraft for<br />
being used as well as when stopped in its foreseen parking area;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 112 of 165<br />
(9) The driving speed of the vehicles and equipment within the airport area and when driven under an<br />
aircraft for use must never exceed what has been established by the airport internal circulation<br />
regulations issued by ENAC;<br />
Each time ramp equipment becomes unusable (ex. GPU, ASU, ACU) the connection cables and/or<br />
flexible tubes must be returned to their specific containers before moving the vehicle;<br />
(11) Equipment with elevating parts (ex. cargo loader) must not be operated in an elevated position<br />
until positioned under the aircraft,<br />
(12) Whenever the view when manoeuvring the ramp equipment or vehicle is restricted in critical<br />
areas (such as when positioning certain equipment under an aircraft), another person must guide the<br />
manoeuvre from outside;<br />
(13) If this operation is necessary, the person controlling the approach uses the conventional ICAO<br />
ramp vehicle and equipment approaching and movement signals;<br />
(14) The person who provides the in<strong>di</strong>cations for the ramp vehicle’s approach is positioned in a point<br />
where he can control the movement of the ramp vehicle and be seen by the vehicle operator to<br />
communicate signals to the operator at any moment. If the vehicle operator should lose visual<br />
contact with the person appointed to control the vehicle’s approach, the operation must be<br />
stopped imme<strong>di</strong>ately;<br />
(15) When ramp equipment or a ramp vehicle is operating with the engine running, an operator must<br />
always be nearby to be able to stop it quickly in the case of an emergency. Vehicles or equipment<br />
without emergency controls must not be left running under an aircraft without the presence of a<br />
responsible operator. The operator remains in the vehicle’s driving position;<br />
(16) Motorised vehicles or equipment must carry out control stops to test proper brake operation the<br />
first time before entering the aircraft’s operating area and the second time before reaching the<br />
aircraft (approximately at a <strong>di</strong>stance of six and three metres from the aircraft);<br />
(17) All ramp vehicles and equipment that are not brought near the aircraft for support are<br />
positioned at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance from the aircraft to prevent any damage;<br />
(18)The rubber fenders that protect the ramp equipment and vehicles (such as, for example, the<br />
passenger stairs, jet bridges, baggage belts, etc.) must not be pressed up against the aircraft fuselage<br />
in order to prevent damaging the aircraft during the support <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(19) Before removing any ramp vehicle or equipment from a passenger cabin access door (for<br />
example, the passenger stairs), the operator must inform the flight crew. Ramp equipment may not be<br />
removed before the crew places a safety closure across the access or closes the access door;<br />
(20) When the aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng or unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> are completed and the equipment is no<br />
longer needed, it should be removed away from the aircraft and parked at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance or behind<br />
the safety line or brought <strong>di</strong>rectly to its parking area;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 113 of 165<br />
(21) Ramp equipment, with the exception of what is needed for aircraft departure <strong>operations</strong>,<br />
must always be removed and positioned behind the safety line before the aircraft push-back<br />
<strong>operations</strong> start;<br />
(22) The train of carts tends to continue in their driving <strong>di</strong>rection, shortening their turning ra<strong>di</strong>us when<br />
curving. The drivers therefore must pay attention to each obstacle that is driven around and, when a<br />
train of carts transits, personnel must maintain a proper <strong>di</strong>stance from the outer sides.<br />
IATA, AHM 630, Safe operating practices in aircraft handling.<br />
(d) Transporting baggage, cargo and mail to the ramp<br />
(1) Baggage, cargo and mail may not be transported on equipment that is not specifically designated<br />
for their transport;<br />
(2) Cargo must be loaded on carts or on pallets by positioning the heaviest parcels at the bottom or in<br />
the centre to guarantee stability during transport. Any blocks. walls, curtains or straps must be<br />
secured during transport to prevent the cargo from falling accidentally;<br />
(3) The locks of the carts used to transport pallets and containers must be checked to make sure that<br />
the load cannot slide accidentally off the platform during transport to or from under the aircraft;<br />
(4) When loa<strong>di</strong>ng RRY material, pallets with raised edges must be used to prevent parcels from<br />
falling accidentally while being moved.<br />
2.2.3.10 Toilet draining and supplying service<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the<br />
personnel necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
It drains the toilet water and resupplies it accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is agreed upon with the Carriers.<br />
The operator assigned to the toilet supply <strong>operations</strong> wears the special garments foreseen for the<br />
task.<br />
The service vehicles for onboard toilet draining and supplying are parked away from the<br />
vehicles that supply potable water; in ad<strong>di</strong>tion, the supply of water in the cisterns is done at a<br />
supply point that is <strong>di</strong>fferent than the one used for potable water.<br />
2.2.3.11 Potable water supply service;<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the<br />
personnel necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
It supplies the potable water accor<strong>di</strong>ng to company <strong>standard</strong>s.<br />
Before connecting the supply pipe to the aircraft, the operator will first drain a minimum amount<br />
of water to empty the water that remained in the supply pipe.<br />
The vehicles used for this service are emptied and refilled perio<strong>di</strong>cally in order to prevent water<br />
from stagnating for a long period of time, which could cause bacteria to develop. In ad<strong>di</strong>tion, the<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 114 of 165<br />
vehicles are sanitised every 15 days with so<strong>di</strong>um hypochlorite accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the specified <strong>procedure</strong><br />
(washing the cistern, solution left in for 24 hours, draining and rinsing).<br />
AGS is responsible for having samples of the potable water from the service vehicles analysed<br />
in a laboratory every three months.<br />
IATA, AHM 440, Potable water servicing.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 115 of 165<br />
2.2.3.12 Ballast service<br />
Ballast is generally used to restore the aircraft’s balancing con<strong>di</strong>tions in some particular cases (ex.<br />
ferry flight, unbalanced flight, etc); normally, this is washed gravel packed in bags weighing 25 kg<br />
each.<br />
In particularly unfavourable con<strong>di</strong>tions (strong wind, intense snow), the Carrier may request that<br />
flights parked at the airport to load ballast in the aircraft’s front hold as an anti-tipping measure.<br />
2.2.3.13 External cockpit windshield cleaning service<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the personnel<br />
necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
This service is only provided upon specific request of the Carrier and/or crew; the external<br />
windshield of the cockpit is cleaned using water and a windscreen washing brush; the use of<br />
detergent is not permitted unless it has been specifically authorised by the Carrier .<br />
2.2.3.14 Aircraft cleaning service<br />
AGS provides a cleaning service for aircraft in transit at the airport, using external personnel if<br />
necessary who work under the <strong>di</strong>rect responsibility of AGS. It provides the service for all aircraft of<br />
the assisted Carriers with the predetermined methods.<br />
The methods of provi<strong>di</strong>ng the service are described below, unless otherwise agreed upon with<br />
the Carrier:<br />
(1) Routine cleaning:<br />
(a) Cockpit<br />
(i) remove waste;<br />
(ii) clean the windshield from inside upon airline request.<br />
(b) Passenger cabin<br />
(i) remove cabin waste;<br />
(ii) remove waste from the seatback pockets, the ashtrays and the overhead compartments and<br />
replace the material that was used;<br />
(iii) clean the tray tables;<br />
(iv) fold the ends of the seat belts over each other;<br />
(v) vacuum the floor<br />
(c) Galley<br />
(i) remove the rubbish bags from the aircraft containers;<br />
(ii) clean the waste containers and replace the rubbish bags;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 116 of 165<br />
(iii) clean the counters, sinks and storage areas with a wet cloth;<br />
(iv) clean the floor with a wet cloth.<br />
(d) Toilets:<br />
(i) remove the rubbish containers;<br />
(ii) clean the sink with a wet cloth;<br />
(iii) spray deodorant;<br />
(iv) clean the internal and external surfaces of the toilet bowl;<br />
(v) <strong>di</strong>sinfect the toilet bowl when the service is completed;<br />
(vi) wash the floor.<br />
(2) Extraor<strong>di</strong>nary aircraft cleaning at a night-time stopover :<br />
(a) Cockpit<br />
(i) clean and straighten up the cockpit accor<strong>di</strong>ng to Carrier instructions, if specified,<br />
under the control of authorised Carrier personnel;<br />
(i) remove all waste;<br />
(iii) clean the windscreen from inside;<br />
(iv) clean the crew seats;<br />
(v) vacuum all seats,<br />
(vi) clean the floor with a wet cloth.<br />
(b) Passenger cabin<br />
(i) remove all waste from the cabin;<br />
(ii) remove waste from the seatback pockets, and the overhead compartments and<br />
replace the material that was used;<br />
(iii)<br />
(iv)<br />
(v)<br />
(vi)<br />
(vii)<br />
(viii)<br />
empty the ashtrays and prepare them for use;<br />
clean the tray tables and armrests with a wet cloth;<br />
brush off the seats and fold the ends of the seat belts over<br />
each other;<br />
position the window shades;<br />
vacuum the floor<br />
spray the cabin with deodorant;<br />
Preparation:<br />
(c) Galley<br />
(i) remove the rubbish bags from the aircraft containers;<br />
(ii) clean and <strong>di</strong>sinfect the rubbish containers and replace the rubbish bags;<br />
(iii) clean the counters, sinks, storage areas and access doors, etc with a wet<br />
cloth;<br />
(iv) empty and clean the outside of the oven with a wet cloth;<br />
(v) sweep the floor and clean it with a wet cloth;<br />
(d) Toilets<br />
( i ) empty the rubbish containers and clean them with a cloth;<br />
(ii) clean the mirror and the lamp surfaces;<br />
(iii) clean the sink and the surroun<strong>di</strong>ng areas with a wet cloth;<br />
(iv) clean the toilet bowl with a cloth and <strong>di</strong>sinfect it;<br />
(v) clean the changing pad;<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 117 of 165<br />
(vi) clean inside the compartments and replace the material that was used;<br />
(vii) sweep the floor and clean it with a wet cloth;<br />
(viii) completely spray the toilet with deodorant.<br />
(ix) clean the windshield from inside upon airline request<br />
(3) Extraor<strong>di</strong>nary services for scheduled and charter flights:<br />
(a) clean and wash the front and/or rear aircraft access stairs;<br />
(b) clean and wash the aircraft doors and entrance walls;<br />
(c) complete cleaning of the windows and shades;<br />
(d) clean the hold by removing waste and removing residual ballast either <strong>manual</strong>ly or<br />
using suitable equipment.<br />
2.2.4 Flight departure<br />
2.2.4.1 Vehicle and equipment removal<br />
The removal of all ramp equipment and vehicles used for unloa<strong>di</strong>ng/loa<strong>di</strong>ng aircraft in transit and<br />
positioning them in their designated parking areas is done following the <strong>procedure</strong> used for their<br />
positioning in the reverse order. Prior to removing the vehicles/equipment used for the support,<br />
the operators must check that:<br />
(1) before removing support vehicles/equipment, the operation has been authorised by the flight<br />
ramp attendant;<br />
(2) before removing the passenger stairs, the cabin crew must be informed so they can close the<br />
passenger cabin door. If the door cannot be closed before removing the stairs, inform the cabin<br />
crew who will block the exit by placing a safety strap until the removal operation is complete.<br />
(3) before moving vehicles/equipment equipped with flexible tubes (ACU, ASU, GPU, etc), the<br />
cables and flexible tubes must be returned to their specific seats;<br />
(4) if the view is restricted by the vehicle’s size, the help of a guide is required (banksman,<br />
guidesman) to remove the equipment safely. The person who provides the in<strong>di</strong>cations for removing<br />
a ramp vehicle must be positioned in a point where he can control the movement of the ramp vehicle<br />
and be seen by the vehicle operator to communicate the signals to the operator at any moment . If<br />
the vehicle operator should lose visual contact with the person appointed to control the vehicle’s<br />
removal, the operation must be stopped imme<strong>di</strong>ately;<br />
(5) when the aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng or unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> are completed and the equipment is no longer<br />
needed, it should be moved away from the aircraft and parked at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance or behind the<br />
safety line or brought <strong>di</strong>rectly to its parking area and braked;<br />
2.2.4.2 Push back & Towing<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the personnel<br />
necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
When carrying out push-back and towing <strong>operations</strong>, the following <strong>procedure</strong>s must be<br />
followed.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 118 of 165<br />
If the described <strong>procedure</strong>s and regulations are not observed, the push-back operation could cause<br />
accidents with serious consequences for the attendants. Please remember that:<br />
(a) the push-back operation is only carried out by personnel who have been trained to<br />
carry out the <strong>procedure</strong>;<br />
(b) the personnel have received authorisation to carry out the push-back operation;<br />
(c) the personnel are always in contact with the flight crew via headsets while carrying<br />
out the push-back <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
For more details regar<strong>di</strong>ng the <strong>operations</strong> to carry out during the push-back and towing <strong>operations</strong>,<br />
see paragraph 2.2.4.1 section d.<br />
2.2.5 Special <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
2.2.5.1 De-icing & Anti-icing<br />
AGS supplies, positions and operates the ramp equipment and vehicles and provides the<br />
personnel necessary for performing the requested service accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the established <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
The operation is carried out upon request of the Carrier, the airline engineer or the Captain<br />
prior to departure accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the foreseen times and the <strong>procedure</strong>s.<br />
The de-icing service (supply) is provided only by personnel who have been properly trained<br />
and who have completed the recurrent training courses every year before winter in order to always<br />
keep all involved personnel updated. For the methods of supply and the use of the de-icing units,<br />
refer to the specific <strong>manual</strong>s, whereas for coor<strong>di</strong>nating the service and the relative <strong>procedure</strong>, see<br />
paragraph 2.2.4.16.<br />
The de-icing units are checked during winter by Vehicle Maintenance to check the temperature<br />
of the water in the tanks and the vehicle supply levels (<strong>di</strong>esel, water, ADF). The reports<br />
containing the measured data are entered into the company’s specific database.<br />
2.2.5.2 Fuelling with passengers on board<br />
Special <strong>procedure</strong>s are foreseen in the case of fuelling or fuel aspiration with passengers on<br />
board or during passenger embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation. The <strong>operations</strong> are carried out accor<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
to the regulations foreseen by Italian, European and International legislation.<br />
In particular, in observance of the following:<br />
(1)IATA, AHM 175, Fuelling with passengers onboard or during passenger<br />
embarkation/ <strong>di</strong>sembarkation.<br />
(2)Ministry of the Interior. D. M. 30/9/85. Provisions to be observed during aircraft<br />
fuelling (pen<strong>di</strong>ng the next version).<br />
The purpose of these regulations is to establish the minimum legislative and regulatory criteria required<br />
for carrying out the <strong>procedure</strong> with respect for the safety of the aircraft and the passengers. National<br />
regulations may be more restrictive than what is established by IATA and by JAR-OPS. Airport<br />
regulations can introduce ad<strong>di</strong>tional procedural <strong>di</strong>fferences with regard to legislative regulations.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 119 of 165<br />
During aircraft fuelling or fuel aspiration <strong>operations</strong> with passengers on board or during<br />
embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation, the regulation foresees that:<br />
(1) Fire Department personnel must be present before starting fuelling <strong>operations</strong> with passengers<br />
on board the aircraft for supervision, control and emergency services if a fire should be caused ;<br />
(2) A flight crew member must always be on board the aircraft to coor<strong>di</strong>nate the necessary<br />
precautions and <strong>procedure</strong>s to be observed;<br />
(3) A minimum of one flight attendant for every fifty embarked passengers must be on board;<br />
(1) The doors used for passenger embarking/<strong>di</strong>sembarking must be kept open. Fire Department<br />
personnel must be present before starting fuelling <strong>operations</strong> with passengers on board the aircraft for<br />
supervision, control and emergency services if a fire should be caused ;<br />
(2) A flight crew member must always be on board the aircraft to coor<strong>di</strong>nate the necessary<br />
precautions and <strong>procedure</strong>s to be observed;<br />
(3) A minimum of one flight attendant for every fifty embarked passengers must be on board;<br />
(4) The doors used for passenger embarking/<strong>di</strong>sembarking must be kept open. If weather<br />
con<strong>di</strong>tions do not permit this, they may be kept closed but not locked;<br />
(5) The exit area of the passenger embarking/<strong>di</strong>sembarking doors and of the emergency exits on board<br />
the aircraft are clear and free from obstacles to permit imme<strong>di</strong>ate passenger <strong>di</strong>sembarkation if<br />
necessary;<br />
(6) Support and work activities around and on board the aircraft, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng catering and cleaning, are<br />
carried out so that they do not create situations of danger and that the aircraft emergency paths are<br />
never obstructed ;<br />
(7) All passengers must be informed that the aircraft fuelling <strong>operations</strong> are being performed, that they<br />
may not smoke, that electric switches must not be used and the seat belts must not be fastened;<br />
(8) Sick or invalid passengers may only remain on board if crew members are available for<br />
ensuring their evacuation, if necessary;<br />
IATA, AHM 175, Fuelling with passengers onboard or during passenger embarkation/ <strong>di</strong>sembarkation.<br />
2.2.5.3 Other apron area functions<br />
(1) Refuelling ramp vehicles. AGS refuels the ramp vehicles at its own internal filling station.<br />
The assigned attendant uses the specific vehicle cards for the refuelling<br />
(2) Ramp vehicle return<br />
(a) When the ramp vehicles are not used, they are returned to their de<strong>di</strong>cated parking<br />
areas;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 120 of 165<br />
2.2.6 Aircraft damage<br />
The smallest scratch or nick caused or <strong>di</strong>scovered on the external surface of the aircraft must be<br />
reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately to your <strong>di</strong>rect manager, the crew and the airline engineer. Remember, in fact,<br />
that even the smallest deformation could be the cause of serious damage to the aircraft structure once in<br />
flight.<br />
For the reporting methods concerning damage of any nature, refer to the Airport Manual PROCOP 150.<br />
2.2.6.1 Damage caused by ground equipment<br />
Possible causes of aircraft damage can be:<br />
(1) Failure to comply with the load and surface structural weight limits, resulting in damage to<br />
the floor or the surfaces inside the load compartment;<br />
(2) Insufficient anchoring or weight <strong>di</strong>stribution of a heavy parcel, with it moving during the<br />
flight or in particular flight con<strong>di</strong>tions, resulting in damaging or breaking down the internal<br />
walls of the load compartments;<br />
(3) Failure to position the load separation nets or the door nets, resulting in the load moving<br />
and damaging the doors or load compartments;<br />
(4) Insufficient precautions when loa<strong>di</strong>ng on seats in the passenger cabin;<br />
(5) Opening or closing the passenger cabin doors or the load hold doors in an incorrect manner<br />
or opening the doors in the presence of strong or violent wind gusts;<br />
(6) Failure to observe the rules regar<strong>di</strong>ng the application of the tail post or weights on the front<br />
wheel of the aircraft to counterbalance the movement of the barycentre during<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> if required by the Carrier;<br />
(7) Poor maintenance of the ground and aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng support equipment, resulting<br />
in damage to the aircraft structure.<br />
2.2.6.2 Damage caused during support <strong>operations</strong><br />
Remember that during loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong><br />
(1) The aircraft can change its attitude many times: therefore precautions should be<br />
taken considering the maximum movement that could occur when the support<br />
equipment is near to or could damage the aircraft structure (stairs, carts, lifters, belts,<br />
etc);<br />
(2) Pay attention to prevent damaging the doors and aircraft entrances;<br />
(3) Maximum attention is required while loa<strong>di</strong>ng or unloa<strong>di</strong>ng particularly heavy or large<br />
parcels in the hold to prevent damaging the aircraft floor;<br />
(4) Never use instruments or tools such as crowbars or other similar items that could cause<br />
serious damage to the aircraft floor;<br />
(5) When loa<strong>di</strong>ng pallets/containers, make sure that they enter perfectly in the lateral<br />
guides, adapt to the locks provided on the aircraft floor without being forced and that the<br />
height of the pallets leaves enough space to open the doors;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 121 of 165<br />
(6) Keep the pallets and containers under constant control during loa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong><br />
to make sure that the impact against the locks and the clamps is not too violent, which<br />
would damage them.<br />
All ramp vehicles and equipment that are not to be brought near the aircraft for the support<br />
operation are positioned at a safety <strong>di</strong>stance from the aircraft to prevent any damage;<br />
2.2.6.3 Damage caused by liquid leakage<br />
The leakage of acids or other dangerous liquids in the hold or on the ground must be<br />
reported imme<strong>di</strong>ately. Liquid or acid that comes into contact with the floor could damage<br />
the floor itself or the aircraft’s electrical system or the airport grounds. Please remember<br />
that:<br />
(1) whenever a parcel containing dangerous articles should be damaged during the<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>operations</strong> or leakage is <strong>di</strong>scovered from the parcel itself, imme<strong>di</strong>ate<br />
precautions must be taken in order to prevent damaging the aircraft, the equipment and<br />
obviously the personnel assigned to the support <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(2) if a fuel leak is <strong>di</strong>scovered under the aircraft, the event must be reported<br />
imme<strong>di</strong>ately and the surface must be cleaned before the aircraft can begin with its<br />
start <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
(3) if leaks of fuel, oil and/or other dangerous substances from the ramp vehicles are<br />
<strong>di</strong>scovered, either under the aircraft or in another position, this must be reported to<br />
your <strong>di</strong>rect manager, as foreseen by Procop 150 of the Airport Manual and the entire<br />
surface must be cleaned.<br />
(4) leakage of fuel, oil and/or other dangerous substances must be cleaned by AGS<br />
Vehicle Maintenance, using specific products for their removal .<br />
2.2.6.4 Damage to aircraft and ground loa<strong>di</strong>ng equipment<br />
Aircraft support equipment and vehicles, the bridges and the aircraft equipment (pallets,<br />
containers, equipment for securing parcels, hooks, nets, etc.) must be inspected regularly<br />
and kept in a good con<strong>di</strong>tion.<br />
Structures and equipment that have been damaged or found to be in poor con<strong>di</strong>tions<br />
must be tagged as such and the responsible person is informed so repairs can be made.<br />
Aircraft equipment that has been damaged or found to be in poor con<strong>di</strong>tions such that it<br />
should not be used must be reported to the Carrier.<br />
2.2.6.5 Aircraft damage caused by FOD – Foreign Object Debris<br />
Aircraft damage caused by FOD (Foreign Object Debris) is, first of all, a cause of<br />
ad<strong>di</strong>tional costs for the Carrier as it can place the aircraft out of service and/or delay flights.<br />
It is very important when training personnel to establish a culture of preventing risks caused<br />
by FOD. All in<strong>di</strong>viduals involved in aircraft ground support receive suitable training in<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 122 of 165<br />
this matter so they can identify and prevent the con<strong>di</strong>tions that could be the cause of<br />
FOD, such as:<br />
(1) removed baggage tags;<br />
(2) parts of damaged baggage;<br />
(3) straps and hooks;<br />
(4) parts of cargo packing;<br />
(5) catering equipment;<br />
(6) glasses, plastic bottles and other containers;<br />
(7) newspapers;<br />
(8) rubbish bags unloaded from damaged aircraft;<br />
(9) other abandoned items near the aircraft sites;<br />
(10) the failure to reposition vehicles and equipment in their de<strong>di</strong>cated parking areas.<br />
If these types of objects are found in the parking area, all personnel members are<br />
responsible for their imme<strong>di</strong>ate removal. If they are not in the con<strong>di</strong>tions required to<br />
remove them, they must inform the maintenance service as soon as possible so the objects<br />
can be removed before the flight arrives at the apron or prior to its departure.<br />
To <strong>di</strong>scard the <strong>di</strong>scovered objects, use the specific FOC containers in the apron area.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 123 of 165<br />
2.3 CARGO AREA – STANDARD OPERATIVE PROCEDURES<br />
The purpose of the cargo area process is to provide cargo and mail support:<br />
(1) upon departure, from the moment of their arrival at the airport at the cargo<br />
warehouse until their collection by airport ramp personnel for embarkation;<br />
(2) upon arrival, from the moment of their arrival at the Cargo Office until they<br />
are delivered to the recipient.<br />
The operating <strong>procedure</strong>s foreseen for the Cargo Area process are:<br />
(1) Support process for cargo departing the airport (Export Cargo)<br />
(2) Support process for cargo arriving at the airport (Import Cargo)<br />
The support services and <strong>procedure</strong>s described here that are carried out within the<br />
scope of the Cargo Area operating sector pertinent to Cargo and Mail support upon arrival<br />
and upon departure at the airport are carried out accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is foreseen in the<br />
IATA Manuals and the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. <strong>procedure</strong> <strong>manual</strong>s.<br />
2.3.1 Cargo offices and warehouse<br />
2.3.1.1 Cargo offices and warehouse. General<br />
The operating hours in the case of normal Cargo Area <strong>operations</strong> (Cargo offices and<br />
warehouse) are as follows:<br />
Opening hours of the cargo office and warehouse<br />
Monday - Friday<br />
6 am – 12 midnight<br />
Saturday<br />
6 am to 2 pm<br />
Sunday<br />
Closed<br />
Departing cargo check-in hours<br />
Monday - Friday<br />
8 am – 7 pm<br />
Saturday<br />
8 am – 2 pm<br />
Sunday<br />
Closed<br />
Arriving cargo hours of delivery<br />
Monday - Friday<br />
8 am – 7 pm<br />
Saturday<br />
8 am – 2 pm<br />
Sunday<br />
Closed<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 124 of 165<br />
If special flights arrive at or depart from the airport on a day that the office is closed or during<br />
the night, the Cargo Area guarantees the required support both by the Cargo Office as well<br />
as by the Cargo Warehouse (subject to authorisation by the customs authorities).<br />
This support is requested by the operating Carrier’s agent, at least 24 hours prior to the<br />
foreseen flight arrival.<br />
In the case of <strong>operative</strong> delays, the opening hours will be extended to provide support to the<br />
flights or flights by truck or to the foreseen flights to be loaded at night.<br />
For perishable cargo, live animals and urgent cargo, the opening hours for the cargo-mail area<br />
apply.<br />
2.3.1.2 Cargo warehouse customs requirements<br />
The Cargo Warehouse that is part of the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. Cargo Area is<br />
<strong>di</strong>vided into the following areas:<br />
(1) Arriving cargo, which is further <strong>di</strong>vided into zones<br />
(a) Temporary Custody (TC), de<strong>di</strong>cated to arrived cargo that must still follow the customs<br />
clearance <strong>procedure</strong>s to be delivered;<br />
(b) 5561/V, for abandoned cargo or in A4;<br />
(c) community/domestic for cargo that does not require customs controls;<br />
(d) area for public health and veterinary examinations, under the control of customs<br />
authorities;<br />
(2) Departing cargo, where there is no separation between cargo with a<br />
community/domestic destination and cargo with an extra-EU destination.<br />
2.3.1.3 Cargo warehouse security requirements<br />
During the above in<strong>di</strong>cated hours of closure, the Cargo Warehouse is closed and protected<br />
by an alarm system. Authorised personnel who belong to the company provi<strong>di</strong>ng airport area<br />
monitoring services may access the Warehouse outside of normal opening hours upon request<br />
or in the case of an emergency.<br />
2.3.1.4 Cargo EDP (Electronic Data Processing) System<br />
All administrative and <strong>operative</strong> documentation for the Cargo Area is produced<br />
using the internal EDP system called AS-400.<br />
2.3.1.5 Handling of <strong>di</strong>screpancies and lost & found cargo<br />
If there are <strong>di</strong>screpancies between the data reported on the Cargo Manifest and the cargo in<br />
the Cargo Warehouse, AGS guarantees that the following actions will be taken:<br />
(1) in the case of cargo missing from the checklist, customs, the financial police and the<br />
Carrier or its agent are informed;<br />
(2) in the case of cargo that is <strong>di</strong>scovered but not declared in the accompanying document,<br />
customs, the financial police and the Carrier or its agent are informed.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 125 of 165<br />
In both cases, warehouse personnel compile the “Irregularity Report” and deliver it to the<br />
Carrier’s agent for all necessary notifications.<br />
2.3.1.6 Handling of damaged cargo<br />
If damaged cargo is found, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. guarantees that the following<br />
actions will be taken:<br />
(1) a first assessment will be made of the extent of the damage that was <strong>di</strong>scovered;<br />
(2) an ad<strong>di</strong>tional assessment is made of the possible effects of the <strong>di</strong>scovered damage with<br />
regard to<br />
(a) the safety of the flight in question;<br />
(b) the safety of the personnel involved with the <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(c) the overall shipment and with regard to the other load, that is, if the damaged cargo can<br />
be shipped on board the aircraft or not;<br />
(3) if necessary, the damaged cargo is removed from the aircraft, the ULD or from the rest<br />
of the undamaged cargo;<br />
(4) an accident/<strong>di</strong>sservice report is written to inform the agent of the involved Carrier, who<br />
will provide special instructions regar<strong>di</strong>ng the treatment of the cargo unloaded from the<br />
aircraft/ULD.<br />
IATA, AHM 320, Handling of damaged cargo.<br />
2.3.1.7 Handling of pilfered cargo<br />
If cargo parcels are found where there is reasonable suspicion or the certainty that the<br />
parcels were tampered with and a part of the contained cargo is missing, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova<br />
S.p.a. guarantees that the following actions will be taken:<br />
(1) the Financial Police will be informed so that it can conduct the subsequent investigation,<br />
(2) the on-duty representative or airport manager for the Carrier in question, or the person<br />
identified by the Carrier’s <strong>procedure</strong>s will be informed of the <strong>di</strong>scovery;<br />
(3) a message is sent to the Carrier or the Carrier’s agent so the investigation can start;<br />
(4) an accident/<strong>di</strong>sservice report is written that contains the greatest number of details<br />
possible for the purposes of the subsequent investigation.<br />
2.3.1.8 Handling of reforwar<strong>di</strong>ng cargo<br />
Reforwar<strong>di</strong>ng cargo management foresees the transfer and retagging from import cargo to<br />
export cargo in agreement with the Carrier agent and subject to authorisation of customs<br />
authorities.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 126 of 165<br />
2.3.1.9 Destruction of damaged cargo<br />
Following the request of the Airport Operator, and after receiving authorisation from the<br />
competent customs authorities, perishable goods will be destroyed that do not comply with the<br />
requirements of law for correct importation and that were confiscated by customs with the help<br />
of the financial police upon entering national territory.<br />
2.3.1.10 Handling of ULD. Stock storage and control<br />
The cargo area will manage the ULD for which it is responsible at the airport. It<br />
attends to and stores them in specific warehouse areas.<br />
2.3.1.11 General cargo storage requirements<br />
For each cargo parcel and each shipment delivered to the Cargo Warehouse, both in the<br />
case of cargo delivered from a forwarder so it can be loaded onto departing flight as well as<br />
goods unloaded from arriving flights at the airport and to be delivered to the waiting owners or<br />
forwarders, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. guarantees that the following <strong>procedure</strong>s will be<br />
observed:<br />
(1) the AWB number, the number of parcels and the suitability of the packing will be<br />
checked;<br />
(2) for departing shipments, also the weight/volume of the parcels is checked and they are<br />
x-rayed accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is foreseen by current regulations.<br />
2.3.1.12 Storage requirements for special and/or dangerous goods DGR<br />
Particular attention must be given, in compliance with the instructions provided by IATA<br />
and the in<strong>di</strong>vidual carriers, each time cargo is checked-in that is defined as wet cargo,<br />
perishable cargo, valuable cargo, live animals, human remains, for which the following<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>s are applied.<br />
a. Wet Cargo<br />
Wet cargo refers to shipments of cargo containing liquids or shipments that due to their<br />
nature could produce liquids that are not included among the restrictions foreseen by the IATA<br />
Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
Particular attention is required when checking-in this type of cargo to prevent or contain<br />
any liquid leakage in the aircraft during transport. This leakage could cause damage to other<br />
cargo transported in the same compartment or nearby ULD or damage/corrosion to the aircraft<br />
structure or components.<br />
For the purposes of IATA regulations, the following shipments must be considered "wet<br />
cargo"<br />
(1) shipments of liquids packaged in specific containers;<br />
(2) shipments of liquid or moist materials that are not packaged in specific containers (ex.<br />
shipments of fish packed with dry ice, fresh meat etc.);<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 127 of 165<br />
( 3 ) cargo that could produce liquids (ex. live animals).<br />
Cargo that has these characteristics must be packaged in consideration of its particular<br />
nature and the con<strong>di</strong>tions of transport that could arise during air travel. The sender is<br />
responsible for complying with the <strong>standard</strong>s foreseen by IATA - Dangerous Goods Regulation<br />
with regard to the packing and IATA - Live Animal Regulation for the transport of live animals.<br />
b. Perishable Cargo<br />
Perishable cargo is cargo whose con<strong>di</strong>tion or suitability for use and consumption can deteriorate<br />
if exposed to changes in temperature, humi<strong>di</strong>ty or transport delays. For the same reason, this is<br />
cargo that once it arrives on a flight, it must be delivered to the cargo warehouse in a short<br />
amount of time to be sent to the waiting customer.<br />
Preparation:<br />
IATA, AHM 322, Handling wet cargo.<br />
IATA, AHM 330, Handling perishable cargo.<br />
Perishable products can be flowers, plants, fish, meat, frozen food products, serums,<br />
vaccines and me<strong>di</strong>cal supplies. Me<strong>di</strong>cal products containing short-lived ra<strong>di</strong>oactive isotopes,<br />
even if not shipped classified as perishable, must be treated likewise with extreme urgency.<br />
Perishable cargo is checked-in, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the instructions of IATA and the in<strong>di</strong>vidual<br />
carriers, when there is reasonable certainty that it will reach the in<strong>di</strong>cated destination in good<br />
con<strong>di</strong>tion.<br />
The Carrier provides written information concerning any loa<strong>di</strong>ng restrictions or<br />
incompatibilities regar<strong>di</strong>ng the reserved perishable cargo and takes the necessary steps so that<br />
each airport (departure, transport and arrival) is informed about the characteristics and<br />
necessary <strong>procedure</strong>s for handling or storing the shipment in question.<br />
The “Perishable" tag must be placed on each parcel as is, if required, the "This Way Up" tag.<br />
Delays in handling and transporting perishable cargo, due to its nature, must be reduced to a<br />
minimum. If the shipment is subject to a delay that could jeopar<strong>di</strong>se its con<strong>di</strong>tion, in agreement<br />
with the Carrier or the flight Captain, the following actions are taken accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the situation<br />
and as required:<br />
(1) the shipment is cooled on board the aircraft; if this is sufficient for its conservation;<br />
(2) the shipment is unloaded and transferred to the Cargo Warehouse so it can be placed in<br />
a refrigerated compartment or other structure suitable for its storage;<br />
(3) the temperature at which the shipment is kept is guaranteed and monitored;<br />
(4) the shipment is re-booked on another flight.<br />
c. Valuable Cargo<br />
Cargo that is classified as valuable cargo must always be handled and stored in a manner<br />
that is clearly separated from other types of cargo and each special service foreseen or required<br />
by the Carrier must be adopted. All details or information concerning the shipment and its<br />
storage must be kept confidential and only the details necessary for its handling are<br />
communicated or transmitted and only to personnel involved in the storage and loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
<strong>operations</strong>.<br />
For the purpose of checking-in, storing and delivering valuable cargo, the Carrier organises<br />
the delivery of the cargo to the warehouse and its collection from the warehouse, considering<br />
that these <strong>operations</strong> will be carried out during normal hours of airport operation and that its<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 128 of 165<br />
custody in the warehouse should be foreseen for the shortest period of time possible, avoi<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
holidays and days the Cargo Area is closed, and provides precise information concerning the<br />
storage and custody of the shipment in question.<br />
When the cargo arrives at the Cargo Warehouse for preparation, it will be imme<strong>di</strong>ately<br />
verified with its Air Waybill and placed in a secure area to prevent unauthorised intrusion. If<br />
the shipment cannot be kept in the planned area in the Cargo Warehouse, a separate area will<br />
be prepared that can guarantee the cargo’s safety while it is kept at the warehouse.<br />
Departing cargo will be transported by airport ramp personnel to the aircraft, and vice versa<br />
for arriving cargo, together with a security escort if necessary.<br />
IATA, AHM 331, Handling and protection of valuable cargo.<br />
d. Live Animals<br />
The transport of live animals as cargo is subjected to specific <strong>standard</strong>s contained<br />
in the IATA Live animal regulations (LAR). In particular, the following is observed:<br />
(1) shipments of live animals are handled as "wet cargo" and declared in all documents with<br />
the code AVI;<br />
(2) for each AVI shipment, the NOTOC form must be filled out as for a DGR shipment;<br />
(3) the animals must be transported in specific containers that are large enough for the<br />
animal to stand, lie down with its legs stretched out and turn around. The containers are<br />
waterproof and must be anchored to prevent them from moving in flight. One part of the<br />
container has an opening that permits ventilation.<br />
When preparing to load live animals on the aircraft, remember that:<br />
(1) the live animals must be transported accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the instructions provided by the owner<br />
or in compliance with IATA and/or Carrier rules;<br />
(2) all loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions or restrictions in<strong>di</strong>cated by the owner of the cargo concerning<br />
that species of live animal must be observed;<br />
(3) the animals must not be exposed to high or low temperatures, unless otherwise<br />
instructed by the cargo owner;<br />
(4) all live animals must be prepared for shipment as late as possible in order to prevent<br />
their exposure to adverse con<strong>di</strong>tions in the case of a delay in aircraft departure;<br />
(5) animals must be provided with food and water accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the information provided by<br />
the cargo owner;<br />
(6) special and specific tags must be fastened to the shipment by the owner.<br />
e) Non-ra<strong>di</strong>oactive dangerous goods<br />
While carrying out the storage <strong>procedure</strong>s for dangerous goods, ICAO/IATA must observe<br />
the safety <strong>di</strong>stances and reciprocal incompatibilities required by the regulation DGR IATA.<br />
f) Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive dangerous goods<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 129 of 165<br />
Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to current ICAO/IATA regulations concerning the incompatibility of dangerous<br />
goods, in ad<strong>di</strong>tion to what is foreseen by the previous paragraph, parcels containing ra<strong>di</strong>oactive<br />
dangerous goods and/or substances must be handled using specific closed pallets that prevent<br />
them from falling.<br />
IATA, AHM 332, Handling and stowage of live animate.<br />
2.3.2 Export Cargo<br />
2.3.2.1 Tasks and responsibilities of the cargo area<br />
The services provided for the Carriers or their representatives by the Cargo Area,<br />
with regard to cargo departing the airport, are as follows:<br />
(1) Documentation<br />
(a) issuing the necessary cargo and/or mail documentation for the flight/truck accor<strong>di</strong>ng to<br />
the provisions and times agreed upon with the Carrier;<br />
(b) <strong>di</strong>vision of the cargo and/or mail documentation for the departing flight/truck<br />
(i) for the Carrier;<br />
(ii) for the document pouch for the departing fight/truck;<br />
(iii) for filing in the Cargo Area Archive;<br />
(2) Cargo Warehouse<br />
(a) checking the cargo delivery lists, checking the documentation accor<strong>di</strong>ng to ENAC<br />
<strong>di</strong>rectives (see security);<br />
(b) checking the regularity of the shipment (number of parcels, weight and packaging) for<br />
the purposes of loa<strong>di</strong>ng it on the aircraft;<br />
(c) checking the correct preparation of the cargo prior to delivery for being loaded onto the<br />
flights, and before loa<strong>di</strong>ng it on the vehicles:<br />
(i) correct weighing;<br />
(ii) positioning of the load material necessary for anchoring;<br />
(iii) DGR, AVI, HEA, PER compliance with regard to the cargo manifest;<br />
(iv) checking the palletisation check-list;<br />
(d) weekly check of warehouse stock or an extra check<br />
upon request of the Carrier, other airports or customs authorities.<br />
(3) Cargo Office<br />
(a) checking-in and declaring the cargo following the provisions required by the<br />
in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carrier, checking DGR cargo and the documentation (Shipper<br />
Declaration, NOTOC);<br />
(b) checking the volumes of the cargo delivered for shipment accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the<br />
percentages agreed upon with the Carrier;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 130 of 165<br />
(c) entering the flight cargo data (parcels and weight) in the airport’s DCS system,<br />
sen<strong>di</strong>ng it to UCV via fax for the issuing of a correct flight Loadsheet;<br />
(d) entering the flight cargo data in the AS-400 system, which is required for<br />
invoicing the services and for collecting fees, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng, in particular<br />
(i) cargo delivery data;<br />
(ii) desirable, perishable, valuable cargo codes;<br />
(e) handling of mishandled cargo to be resent (reforwar<strong>di</strong>ng)<br />
(4) Cargo Archive<br />
(a) managing the paper archive of all flight documentation;<br />
(5)Security and x-ray check <strong>procedure</strong>s<br />
(a) checking the AWB following the provisions of ENAC or the Carrier regar<strong>di</strong>ng safety<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to cards 3 and 4 of the National Safety Plan of CIS A;<br />
(b) supporting the Cargo Warehouse Area with security personnel assigned to the x-ray<br />
checks of the departing cargo/mail parcels, with the preparation of the cargo in<br />
question;<br />
( 6 ) Particular support <strong>procedure</strong>s for arriving cargo, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
(a) request for customs authorisation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng the cargo and relative management of<br />
customs after-hours;<br />
2.3.2.2 Checking-in cargo departing on a flight<br />
The cargo delivered to the Cargo Warehouse for check-in and embarkation on an aircraft<br />
must satisfy and comply with the specific requirements foreseen by civil aviation regulations<br />
issued by ICAO, ENAC as well as the requirements of IATA and/or the in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carrier,<br />
such as:<br />
(1) size;<br />
(2) weight;<br />
(3) packing;<br />
(4) safety.<br />
Cargo Warehouse personnel will <strong>di</strong>rectly carry out an initial check, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to its<br />
authority, of the physical and documentation compliance of the presented shipment with these<br />
regulations and requirements. Particular safety checks relating to civil aviation are provided by<br />
<strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. Cargo Area, through the contracted company IVRI.<br />
a) General requirements<br />
Activities regar<strong>di</strong>ng check-in support provided for departing cargo is detailed in the<br />
following process.<br />
(1) physical unloa<strong>di</strong>ng of the cargo arriving at the Warehouse from the vehicles;<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 131 of 165<br />
(2) checking the delivered cargo with the list and checking in particular:<br />
(a) the number of parcels;<br />
(b) their suitability for air transport accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the general <strong>standard</strong>s foreseen by ICAO,<br />
IATA and/or the in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carrier;<br />
(3) reporting on the specific list heavy parcels and parcels that contain special/dangerous<br />
goods that require special handling during loa<strong>di</strong>ng and air transport (live animals, corpses,<br />
dangerous DGR cargo);<br />
(4) placing departing cargo in cold rooms at the requested temperature if required while<br />
awaiting embarkation;<br />
(5) <strong>di</strong>vision of the departing cargo accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the airline involved with the transport, and<br />
positioning the shipment in the departing warehouse.<br />
(b) Sizes of cargo parcels/packages upon check-in<br />
Cargo whose in<strong>di</strong>vidual parcels or all parcels that make up the shipment do not comply with<br />
the general suitability requirements regar<strong>di</strong>ng size for shipment via air will be refused by Cargo<br />
Warehouse personnel.<br />
The Cargo Office and the forwarder of reference will be informed of the refusal of<br />
shipments that are unsuitable for embarkment.<br />
(c) Weight of the cargo parcels/packages upon check-in<br />
Cargo whose in<strong>di</strong>vidual parcels or all parcels that make up the shipment do not comply with<br />
the general suitability requirements regar<strong>di</strong>ng weight for shipment via air will be refused by<br />
Cargo Warehouse personnel.<br />
The Cargo Office and the forwarder of reference will be informed of the refusal of<br />
shipments that are unsuitable for embarkment.<br />
(d) Packing of the cargo parcels/packages upon check-in<br />
Cargo whose in<strong>di</strong>vidual parcels or all parcels that make up the shipment do not meet or<br />
comply with the general suitability requirements regar<strong>di</strong>ng packing for shipment via air will be<br />
refused by Cargo Warehouse personnel.<br />
The Cargo Office and the forwarder of reference will be informed of the refusal of<br />
shipments that are unsuitable for embarkment.<br />
e) Check-in time limit for cargo departing on a flight<br />
The check-in time limit for cargo departing on a flight is established by the contract<br />
stipulated between the Air Carrier and <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a.<br />
2.3.2.3 Preparing cargo for loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
a) General requirements<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong>s <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. has adopted for storing the cargo after it has<br />
been checked-in, and for preparing it to be loaded on board the aircraft guarantee:<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 132 of 165<br />
(1) the airport safety measures in<strong>di</strong>cated by international regulations and Italian law as well<br />
as the IATA recommendations and the instructions of the carriers operating at the<br />
airport not only with regard to the safety of valuable cargo, but also to minimising the<br />
possibility of cargo damage, theft or loss;<br />
(2) the separation of special cargo that, due to its nature or value, requires a <strong>di</strong>fferent<br />
handling <strong>procedure</strong> or storage area, such as dangerous DGR IATA cargo, live animals,<br />
perishable cargo and valuable cargo or, in any case, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to Carrier instructions.<br />
Cargo checked-in by the Cargo Warehouse, having complied with all requirements foreseen<br />
for loa<strong>di</strong>ng it onto an aircraft, is prepared for loa<strong>di</strong>ng and placed on cargo carts to be loaded<br />
onto an aircraft with a bulk load or on/in ULDs for being loaded onto the aircraft in pallets.<br />
Upon authorisation of the cargo warehouse financial police, the carts are position in the<br />
apron area in front of the warehouse, to be collected and loaded onto the aircraft by airport<br />
ramp personnel.<br />
b) Aircraft with a bulk load<br />
For aircraft with a bulk load, cargo checked-in by the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. Cargo<br />
Warehouse is prepared for departure accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following <strong>procedure</strong>:<br />
(1) cargo whose size or weight exceeds Carrier or aircraft restrictions is not checked-in<br />
and/or delivered for loa<strong>di</strong>ng;<br />
(2) the cargo is separated, if requested, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the instructions specified above in the<br />
general section;<br />
(3) dangerous goods is handled in compliance with the incompatibilities accor<strong>di</strong>ng to DGR<br />
IATA instructions;<br />
(4) the bulk cargo is prepared and positioned on one or more carts;<br />
(5) the cargo is weighed and its weight is transmitted to the Balancing Office for the issuing<br />
of a correct flight Loadsheet;<br />
(6) the cargo, the equipment necessary for anchoring and <strong>di</strong>stributing the weight of special<br />
cargo (ex. HEA) is placed on a cart;<br />
(7) each cart has a tag that has been filled out that includes the following information:<br />
(a) the number of the cargo’s flight of embarkation;<br />
(b) the cargo’s destination (first airport of destination);<br />
(c) the gross weight of the prepared cart;<br />
(d) the net weight of only the loaded cargo;<br />
(e) any information regar<strong>di</strong>ng special or dangerous goods positioned on the cart so it can be<br />
correctly loaded on board the aircraft.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for handling of cargo.<br />
Cargo that has been organised and prepared as in<strong>di</strong>cated above on the carts is ready to be<br />
collected by airport ramp personnel at the Cargo Warehouse apron (Airside side) accor<strong>di</strong>ng to<br />
the time periods agreed upon with each Carrier .<br />
c) Aircraft with a containerised load<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> in<strong>di</strong>cated here and all foreseen restrictions must be observed, also in the<br />
case of palletising cargo to be loaded on a truck to be sent to another airport.<br />
For aircraft with a palletised load, cargo checked-in by the Cargo Warehouse is prepared for<br />
departure accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following <strong>procedure</strong>:<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 133 of 165<br />
(1) each in<strong>di</strong>vidual ULD delivered by the Carrier to the Cargo Warehouse to be used for<br />
loa<strong>di</strong>ng its cargo is checked to assess its con<strong>di</strong>tion and functionality;<br />
(2) the preparation of the ULDs (pallets and/or containers) is done by checking off the<br />
cargo manifest and considering the IATA provisions as well as the Carrier’s palletisation<br />
instructions;<br />
(3) the palletisation <strong>procedure</strong> for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual ULD foresees:<br />
(a) the ULDs are prepared accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the aircraft <strong>di</strong>mensions and the structural<br />
restrictions of the aircraft and the ULDs themselves<br />
(b) in the case of open ULDs, the shape of the aircraft is carefully checked;<br />
(5) the ULD is weighed and its weight is transmitted to the Balancing Office for the issuing<br />
of a correct flight Loadsheet;<br />
(d) its packing with nylon to protect the shipments;<br />
(e) checking that the straps/nets are tight;<br />
(4) each ULD has a Container/Pallet tag that has been filled out that includes the following<br />
information:<br />
(a) the number of the cargo’s flight of embarkation<br />
(b) the destination of the cargo;<br />
(c) the net weight of only the loaded cargo;<br />
(d) the tare weight of the ULD;<br />
(c) the gross weight of the prepared ULD;<br />
(5) in the case of special or dangerous (DGR) cargo, the cargo is positioned on/in the ULD<br />
in the correct foreseen position and the specific requested tag must be used/filled out;<br />
(6) the ULD is positioned on the dolly or on the rollers outside of the Cargo Warehouse for<br />
delivery to airport ramp personnel.<br />
IATA, AHM 534, Weight control of load.<br />
Preparation:<br />
d) Preparation and management of the export cargo documents<br />
After the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. Cargo Area has received the reservation list from the<br />
Carrier or Agent and after having physically checking the correspondence of this list with the<br />
shipment presented at the Cargo Warehouse, it will:<br />
(1) issue the Cargo Manifest sent to the Balancing Office;<br />
(2) deliver the envelope containing the documents accompanying the cargo (Air Waybill,<br />
Cargo Manifest, Special Load Notification to Captain in the case of parcels with dangerous<br />
DGR cargo or special shipments, and any other required documents);<br />
2.3.2.4 Tagging the load units (ULDs)<br />
The <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. cargo area will fill out the load unit tags (Container/Pallet<br />
Tag) using the samples provided by IATA.<br />
2.3.2.5 Return to the warehouse<br />
In the case of cargo that was not embarked on a reserved flight due to problems related to<br />
volume, <strong>di</strong>mensions, damage, flight cancellation, or any other cause that prevent its<br />
embarkation, both due to the responsibility of <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a., or to the<br />
responsibility of other parties, information must be provided as soon as possible to the Cargo<br />
Office and the information must be communicated to the Carrier agent for all necessary<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 134 of 165<br />
notifications. In ad<strong>di</strong>tion, a telex containing the information should be sent to the flight’s<br />
destination airports.<br />
The non-embarked cargo, together with its documentation if not embarked with the rest of<br />
the cargo, is returned to the apron in front of the Cargo Warehouse, where it will be collected<br />
by Cargo Area employees. The cargo will be rechecked for security purposes to check the<br />
con<strong>di</strong>tion of its packaging and returned to the departure warehouse.<br />
2.3.2.6 Transmission of cargo information<br />
a) General requirements<br />
For the transmission of information concerning special or dangerous goods, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong><br />
Genova S.p.a. will use IMP IATA co<strong>di</strong>ng, or if required by the Carrier, the Carrier’s internal<br />
co<strong>di</strong>ng.<br />
These codes will be entered on the Cargo Manifest that accompanies the cargo shipment<br />
that is issued by the Cargo Office and sent to the Balancing Office for the purpose of checking<br />
the load and issuing the aircraft’s Loadsheet.<br />
b) Notification to Captain for Special Load (NOTOC)<br />
The Special load - Notification to Captain (NOTOC) document is used by the Cargo Office<br />
to transmit all data in <strong>standard</strong> IATA format to the Balancing Office concerning each<br />
in<strong>di</strong>vidual dangerous goods parcel or shipment that was presented to be transported on the<br />
aircraft accor<strong>di</strong>ng to ICAO regulations and IATA <strong>standard</strong>s.<br />
The issue and delivery to the Captain of the NOTOC is required for each shipment of<br />
dangerous goods and each shipment containing special cargo. Cargo, for which a Sender<br />
Declaration is not required, for example shipments of dangerous goods in excepted quantities,<br />
is not reported on this form. The document is produced in triplicate by the airport Carrier agent<br />
based on the information reported on the AWB and on the Sender’s Declaration.<br />
d) Codes to use for cargo information<br />
For the transmission of information concerning special or dangerous goods, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong><br />
Genova S.p.a. will use IMP IATA co<strong>di</strong>ng, or if required by the Carrier, the cargo code adopted<br />
by the Carrier.<br />
These codes are published in the Cargo Manifest issued by the Cargo Office. This<br />
accompanies the cargo shipment and is sent to the Balancing Office, for the purposes of<br />
checking the load, issuing the aircraft Loadsheet and sen<strong>di</strong>ng the required messages to the<br />
subsequent airports.<br />
Preparation:<br />
IATA, AHM 580, Unit load device/Bulk load weight statement<br />
IATA, AHM 381, Special load - Notification to Captain (General).<br />
2.3.2.7 Storing and handling dangerous goods<br />
a) Tasks and responsibilities<br />
The term Dangerous Goods applies to cargo that due to its characteristics cannot be checked<br />
in for air transport or loaded onto an aircraft unless precise safety <strong>procedure</strong>s are followed. This<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 135 of 165<br />
cargo is defined and specified by the <strong>manual</strong> IATA - Dangerous Goods Regulations - DGR to which<br />
all airlines belonging to the association refer.<br />
All personnel involved with the phases and processes of checking-in, storing, checking, loa<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
and unloa<strong>di</strong>ng and checking the load of cargo classified as “dangerous” must be properly trained<br />
and informed as foreseen by the ICAO, JAA, IATA regulations.<br />
These <strong>procedure</strong>s are <strong>di</strong>vided into:<br />
(1) instructions for loa<strong>di</strong>ng attendants and <strong>procedure</strong>s for loa<strong>di</strong>ng and storing dangerous goods<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to ICAO and IATA regulations for flight and passenger safety;<br />
(2) instructions for workers and attendants involved in handling dangerous material with regard<br />
to their personal safety-,<br />
For the definition of Dangerous Goods (DGR) please refer to the regulations ICAO1 and<br />
IATA2 and the internal <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. <strong>manual</strong>s.<br />
Each Carrier may adopt ad<strong>di</strong>tional restrictions on the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of some or all dangerous goods<br />
classified by ICAO or IATA. These variations or restrictions must be observed each time that cargo<br />
is loaded onto an aircraft for that Carrier.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for handling of cargo, Dangerous Goods.<br />
ICAO, Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air, IATA, DGR,<br />
Dangerous goods regulations, JAA, JAR-OPS 1.080, Offering dangerous goods for transport by<br />
air, JAA, JAR-OPS 1, Subpart R, Transport of dangerous goods by air.<br />
b) Definitions and classification<br />
The danger classes used by IATA are defined and regulated by UNO by means of ICAO.<br />
The same are used by the <strong>standard</strong>s related to all types of transport (air, maritime, rail and<br />
ground).<br />
Dangerous substances are <strong>di</strong>vided into three categories<br />
1) Category I – substances and cargo always prohibited from air transport;<br />
2) Category II - ICAO (Cargo Aircraft Only) classified substances and cargo that are<br />
prohibited on passenger aircraft and as checked or unchecked baggage;<br />
3) Category III – substances and cargo that can be embarked on passenger and cargo<br />
aircraft and that can be brought on board by passengers in their checked or unchecked baggage.<br />
Pursuant to international ICAO regulations, however, dangerous goods and substances are<br />
classified into nine danger classes identified by Arab numbers. Some of them have an<br />
ad<strong>di</strong>tional internal <strong>di</strong>vision and a compatibility classification. Each <strong>di</strong>fferent class or <strong>di</strong>vision of<br />
dangerous goods is identified clearly and unambiguously using a tag and a three-letter code. All<br />
tags are <strong>di</strong>fferent from each other due to their colour and/or design. All three-letter IATA codes<br />
that start with the letter R, which means Restricted, in<strong>di</strong>cate a type of cargo classified as<br />
dangerous.<br />
The main classes are:<br />
Class 1 Explosives<br />
Class 2 Compressed, liquefied or <strong>di</strong>ssolved gas under pressure or super cooled<br />
Class 3 Flammable liquids<br />
Class 4 Flammable solids, substances susceptible to spontaneous combustion and<br />
substances that create flammable gases when in contact with water<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 136 of 165<br />
Class 5 Oxi<strong>di</strong>sing substances and organic peroxides<br />
Class 6 Toxic, poisonous and infectious substances<br />
Class 7 Ra<strong>di</strong>oactive substances<br />
Class 8 Corrosives<br />
Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous goods<br />
Some of these classes are further <strong>di</strong>vided, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the specific level of danger, by<br />
packing group, as specified in paragraph 3.0.3 of the DGR.<br />
ICAO, Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air. IATA, DGR, Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
c) Special governmental authorisations<br />
Special governmental authorisations or authorisations provided by the appropriate<br />
authorities are required to transport certain types of dangerous goods. <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova<br />
S.p.a. checks the presence and correctness of the documentation, and if it has not been<br />
presented or is incomplete, it will refuse the shipment.<br />
Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the IATA instructions foreseen by the DGR regulation, this refers to:<br />
(1) ra<strong>di</strong>oactive material that is<br />
(a) packed in ventilated Type B (M) containers;<br />
(b) packed in containers requiring an external cooling system;<br />
(c) packed in containers requiring continuous monitoring during transport;<br />
(d) explosive:<br />
(e) pyrophoric liquid.<br />
(2) articles and substances (inclu<strong>di</strong>ng those identified in the <strong>manual</strong> as n.o.s. – not otherwise<br />
specified) that, except for other provisions, are expressly identified as “prohibited” for transport<br />
on the list of dangerous substances;<br />
(3) infected live animals<br />
(4) liquids with an inhalation toxicity that requires them to be transported using packing in<br />
Packing Group I;<br />
(5) substances that are presented for transport in a liquid state at a temperature greater than<br />
or equal to 100 °C (212 °F), or in a solid state at a temperature greater than or equal to 240 °C<br />
(464 °F);<br />
(6) each article or substance that is specifically prohibited by the appropriate national<br />
authority.<br />
d) Exempt dangerous goods<br />
The restrictions foreseen for transporting dangerous DGR cargo does not apply, accor<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
to ICAO regulations, to the following articles or substances<br />
(1) aircraft equipment. This category contains those substances or products that despite<br />
being acknowledged as dangerous are necessary on board an aircraft as equipment that makes<br />
the aircraft operate, for reasons of flight safety or because authorised by the Operator’s State<br />
Authorities (ex. signal rockets, oxygen cylinders and life jackets);<br />
(2) duty-free articles and products sold on board. Aerosol products, alcoholic beverages,<br />
perfume, cologne, safety matches and lighters containing flammable gas that were embarked by<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 137 of 165<br />
the airline to be sold to passengers during the flight or series of flights with the exclusion of<br />
<strong>di</strong>sposable lighters and those that can explode at low pressure;<br />
(3) dry ice if necessary and if used on board to cool and preserve the food and beverages<br />
served to the passengers;<br />
(4) aircraft spare parts or products and substances transported on board an aircraft to<br />
replenish and/or replace those that are used, consumed and/or sold on board, unless upon<br />
special authorisation of the Carrier’s country of origin. These articles and substances are<br />
transported in special containers used specifically for their transport, it being understood that<br />
these containers have the same packaging and safety characteristics required by DGR<br />
regulations for transporting the same dangerous substances as cargo.<br />
e) Packaging checks and requirements<br />
<strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a., in compliance with the instructions for transporting dangerous<br />
goods issued by ICAO and complied with by IATA, checks the packaging the sender used for<br />
shipping dangerous goods, verifying that the type of packaging used meets the requirements of<br />
the regulations.<br />
Parcels with dangerous goods that are <strong>di</strong>scovered with packaging that does not comply with<br />
the requirements necessary for their transport are refused upon check-in.<br />
f) Tagging requirements<br />
<strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a., in compliance with the instructions for transporting dangerous<br />
goods issued by ICAO and IATA, checks the labels the sender applied on each parcel of<br />
dangerous goods, making sure they have been attached and that they meet the requirements of<br />
the regulations.<br />
Parcels with dangerous goods that do not have the labels required for their transport are<br />
refused upon check-in.<br />
g) Loa<strong>di</strong>ng incompatibilities<br />
Parcels containing cargo and substances that can react dangerously together must never be stored<br />
near each other or in a position where the two parcels could accidentally come into contact.<br />
Incompatibilities between dangerous goods are specified in the <strong>manual</strong> IATA Dangerous<br />
Goods Regulations in the Incompatibilities Table, to which precise reference is made.<br />
When storing <strong>di</strong>fferent parcels of dangerous goods together, each with a <strong>di</strong>fferent type of<br />
dangerousness, the incompatibility of each <strong>di</strong>fferent type of parcel dangerousness must always be<br />
checked.<br />
Parcels containing dangerous goods with more than one dangerousness classification and that<br />
require separation based on the Incompatibilities Table do not need to be separated from other<br />
dangerous goods parcels that have the same UN classification number as it is the same type of cargo.<br />
h) Dangerous Goods Accidents and emergency <strong>procedure</strong> planning<br />
The safety <strong>procedure</strong>s are always followed each time a parcel with dangerous goods is<br />
damaged. These <strong>procedure</strong>s have been established by governmental authorities, airport<br />
authorities and by other public institutions for this purpose.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 138 of 165<br />
If damage to a parcel or the spillage of a substance from a parcel containing dangerous<br />
goods is <strong>di</strong>scovered during storage <strong>operations</strong>, it is necessary to:<br />
(1) follow the internal safety <strong>procedure</strong>s accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is provided by the competent<br />
governmental authorities or the airline;<br />
(2) comply with current legal regulations concerning the safety of personnel;<br />
(3) fill out the Accident/Disservice Report to provide information about what happened to<br />
the Airport Operator.<br />
In general, any parcel that is found damaged in any manner:<br />
(1) is removed from the shipment, isolated in the WAREHOUSE and excluded from further<br />
transport;<br />
(2) the parcels of cargo in the same shipment are all checked for similar damage or spillage<br />
and excluded from transport, if necessary;<br />
(3) all other parcels of cargo that were affected by the spillage from the damaged parcel will<br />
also be excluded from transport.<br />
The personal safety <strong>procedure</strong>s to be applied when a parcel containing dangerous goods or<br />
substances has been damaged foresee that each attendant must<br />
(1) not touch the damaged parcel any further to prevent contact with the dangerous<br />
substance contained in the parcel;<br />
(2) keep a proper <strong>di</strong>stance and prevent others from approaching the area of the accident;<br />
(3) imme<strong>di</strong>ately inform his manager who will have competent personnel intervene to assess<br />
the accident;<br />
(4) if the content of the damaged cargo parcel comes into contact with your body or<br />
clothing:<br />
(a) imme<strong>di</strong>ately wash your hands and any other body parts or clothing;<br />
(b) remove your contaminated clothing with extreme care;<br />
(c) do not eat or smoke to prevent accidental ingestion or inhalation of dangerous<br />
substances;<br />
(d) keep your hands away from your eyes, mouth and nose to prevent accidental contact,<br />
inhalation or ingestion of a dangerous substance;<br />
(5) remain at the site to have your name taken;<br />
(6) if you are involved with a damaged parcel containing ra<strong>di</strong>oactive, infective or toxic<br />
substances, contact the me<strong>di</strong>cal staff for an initial examination.<br />
Then, the responsible personnel (Manager, Fire Department, me<strong>di</strong>cal personnel or other<br />
assigned personnel) will proceed as follows<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 139 of 165<br />
(1) if it is necessary and not yet done, close off the zone that was contaminated or involved<br />
with the accident;<br />
(2) isolate the damaged parcel, removing it from other cargo parcels;<br />
(3) recover the other parcels involved in the accident, if necessary;<br />
(4) declare that the situation is no longer dangerous.<br />
2.3.2.8 Storage and handling of live animals<br />
a) General requirements<br />
When handling live animals while preparing them to be loaded onto the aircraft, remember<br />
above all that:<br />
(1) all loa<strong>di</strong>ng instructions or restrictions in<strong>di</strong>cated by the owner of the cargo concerning<br />
that species of live animal must be observed;<br />
(2) the animals must not be exposed to high or low temperatures, unless otherwise<br />
instructed by the cargo owner;<br />
(3) live animals must be prepared for shipment as late as possible in order to prevent their<br />
exposure to adverse con<strong>di</strong>tions in the case of a delay in aircraft departure;<br />
(4) the animals must be provided with food and water accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the information provided<br />
by the cargo owner;<br />
(5) the appropriate and specific tags are attached to the shipment.<br />
b) General loa<strong>di</strong>ng requirements<br />
The transport of live animals as cargo is subjected to specific <strong>standard</strong>s contained in the<br />
IATA Live animal regulations (LAR). In particular, the following is observed:<br />
(1) shipments of live animals are handled as "wet cargo" and declared in all documents with<br />
the code AVI. For each AVI shipment, the NOTOC form must be filled out as for a DGR<br />
shipment;<br />
(2) the animals are transported in specific containers that are large enough for the animal to<br />
stand, lie down with its legs stretched out and turn around. The containers are waterproof and<br />
must be anchored to prevent them from moving during the flight. One part of the container has<br />
an opening that permits ventilation.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 5. Live animals.<br />
c) General health and hygiene rules<br />
The following general health and hygiene rules must be understood and complied<br />
with<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 140 of 165<br />
(1) after the animals (AVI) have been delivered at their destination, the ULDs<br />
used for their transport are inspected and, in the case they have been soiled, cleaned<br />
or <strong>di</strong>sinfected before they are reused or returned to the Carrier;<br />
(2) if possible, animals (AVI) that become apparently sick during their transport<br />
will be provided with veterinary care (AVI);<br />
(3) if possible, animals that become sick or <strong>di</strong>e during their transport will be<br />
removed from the shipment/ULD. This action will be done upon consultation with<br />
airport health authorities.<br />
d) Information for the Captain<br />
If cargo classified as AVI is transported, IATA requires the issuance of a<br />
NOTOC in order to inform the Balancing Office and the flight Captain.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 141 of 165<br />
2.3.2.9 Storing and handling special goods<br />
a) General requirements<br />
Procedures and instructions concern some types of cargo defined as “special cargo". These<br />
include the loa<strong>di</strong>ng of valuable cargo, perishable cargo, human remains and shipments of<br />
special importance or urgency. For these last types of shipments, in particular, remember that:<br />
(1) all personnel involved in loa<strong>di</strong>ng/unloa<strong>di</strong>ng must be informed of the particular type of cargo<br />
and any requirements necessary for handling this given type of shipment;<br />
(2) particular attention is required for the safety of valuable cargo or easily perishable cargo;<br />
(3) perishable cargo must be loaded accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the requirements for that particular<br />
shipment;<br />
(4) a shipment that is considered special cargo must carry a “special consignment” tag or other<br />
airline tag in a clear and visible manner.<br />
b) COM Company mail<br />
The inter-office correspondence the airline sends on its own aircraft is called Company Mail.<br />
These shipments can travel without a manifest provi<strong>di</strong>ng that:<br />
(1) the Company Mail bag is sealed;<br />
(2) x-ray checks were completed;<br />
(3) it is not left unattended;<br />
(4) the shipment is limited to correspondence;<br />
(5) parcels or cardboard boxes are shipped as service cargo.<br />
c) DIP Diplomatic mail<br />
These shipments are covered by <strong>di</strong>plomatic privileges and are not subject to customs inspections.<br />
These are closed and sealed parcels that are stowed together with normal cargo but in a manner<br />
that permits their quick unloa<strong>di</strong>ng at the airport of destination.<br />
The <strong>procedure</strong> is the same as for valuable cargo.<br />
d) EAT Foodstuff<br />
The transport of non-perishable foodstuffs can be done in compliance with certain restrictions in<br />
the presence of other dangerous goods such as toxic (RPB) or infective (RIS) substances; in this<br />
case, they cannot be loaded into the same compartment or, if loaded in ULDs, they cannot be<br />
loaded next to each other.<br />
IATA, AHM 310, Preparation for loa<strong>di</strong>ng of cargo. 6. Other special cargo. IATA, AHM 360, Company mail.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 142 of 165<br />
e) FIL Undeveloped film<br />
Print or journalistic material that includes undeveloped film is coded as FIL; FIL<br />
material must be loaded observing specific separation <strong>procedure</strong>s when the load also<br />
contains ra<strong>di</strong>oactive material (RRY).<br />
f) FRG Company cargo<br />
Service cargo is cargo that the airlines sends to itself from one airport to another,<br />
and includes material and items such as:<br />
(1) aircraft and engine spare parts;<br />
(2) Carrier owned equipment;<br />
(3) various materials such as airline printouts and schedules;<br />
(4) airline advertising material.<br />
Service cargo is non revenue cargo and does not pay a boar<strong>di</strong>ng fee and is not placed<br />
on fiscal DUV documents.<br />
Service cargo can be identified by the various airlines as<br />
(1) FRG - Freight Non-revenue;<br />
(2) EIC - Equipment in Compartment,<br />
(3) FKT - Flight Kit (Spare Parts);<br />
(4) CSU - Catering Service Units;<br />
(5) AOG - Aircraft on Ground.<br />
It is absolutely prohibited to send personal items on an aircraft as Service Cargo.<br />
g) HEG Hatching eggs<br />
Hatching eggs must not stowed near shipments containing dry ice (ICE) or cryogenic<br />
liquids (RCL). Hatching eggs travel at a <strong>di</strong>stance from ra<strong>di</strong>oactive materials in<br />
categories Yellow II and Yellow III accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the instructions and <strong>di</strong>stances<br />
specified by the specific tables contained in the <strong>manual</strong> DGR IATA2.<br />
1 IATA, AHM 330, Handling Perishable Cargo 2.2 Hatching Eggs.<br />
2 IATA, DGR, Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
3 IATA, AHM 333, Handling of human remains.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 143 of 165<br />
h) HUM Human remains<br />
The packing of the coffin must comply with the health requirements foreseen by<br />
the health regulations of each country. In general, the packing of the coffin, with the<br />
exclusion of cremated human remains contained in a cinerary urn, must comply with<br />
the following requirements<br />
(1) the corpse must be closed in a double casket, with the exterior in wood and the<br />
interior in brazed metal;<br />
(2) to keep the anonymity of the coffin, it must have a neutral packing consisting<br />
in a jute bag or a third undecorated wooden casket.<br />
The transport of cinerary urns that contain cremation remains is not subject to any of the<br />
precautionary health measures foreseen for the transport of corpses. They are not classified as<br />
HUM and travel as cargo without restrictions or incompatibilities.<br />
i) ICE solid carbon <strong>di</strong>oxide (Dry Ice)<br />
Dry ice may be used as a coolant with a maximum of 200 kg per compartment, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the<br />
main aircraft cabin. The same restriction applies for the maximum content in the same container.<br />
Dry ice that is packaged accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the provisions of the Packing Instruction 904<br />
contained in the IATA- DGR <strong>manual</strong> may be transported without weight restrictions.<br />
Dry ice contained in the CSU - Catering Service Units is not subject to DGR restrictions.<br />
The transport of unpackaged dry ice is not permitted.<br />
1) LHO Live human organs & Blood Plasma<br />
Human transplant organs and blood for transfusion are transported with the code LHO.<br />
The parcels transporting these materials may be loaded in a compartment with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive<br />
material in categories Yellow-II and Yellow-III, making sure that the <strong>di</strong>stance between them is the<br />
same as the <strong>di</strong>stance foreseen between the ra<strong>di</strong>oactive parcels and the passengers. There is no<br />
restriction regar<strong>di</strong>ng parcels with ra<strong>di</strong>oactive material in the category White-I.<br />
LHO parcels must be stowed in a position that separates them adequately from parcels<br />
containing human remains (HUM).<br />
IATA, AHM 330, HcavHm.gperiaua.ble cargo. 2.7. Living human organs/blood.<br />
m) PER Perishable cargo<br />
Perishable cargo is cargo whose con<strong>di</strong>tion or suitability for use and consumption can deteriorate if<br />
exposed to changes in temperature or humi<strong>di</strong>ty or transport delays. Perishable products can be<br />
flowers, plants, fish, meat, frozen food products, serums and vaccines, newspapers and more.<br />
As these are articles that are very sensitive to temperature changes, they should be stowed in<br />
suitable baggage compartments. For the same reason, this is cargo that once it arrives on a<br />
flight, it must be delivered to the cargo warehouse in a short amount of time to be sent to the<br />
waiting customer.<br />
The Carrier provides all information concerning any loa<strong>di</strong>ng restrictions or incompatibilities for<br />
the reserved perishable cargo.<br />
The “Perishable" tag must be placed on each parcel as is the "This Way Up" tag, if required.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 144 of 165<br />
Vaccines and me<strong>di</strong>cal supplies, me<strong>di</strong>cal supplies containing short-lived ra<strong>di</strong>oactive isotopes<br />
must be treated with extreme urgency.<br />
The following perishable cargo items belong to the PER category, and have ad<strong>di</strong>tional codes<br />
(1) PEF - Perishable flowers and plants;<br />
(2) PEM - Perishable meat<br />
(a) shipments of meat or similar items must be packed in water resistant containers and handled<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the provisions for "wet cargo";<br />
(b) the con<strong>di</strong>tions of maximum hygiene are followed during all shipment handling and transport<br />
<strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(c) the requested transport temperatures must be observed.<br />
(3) PEP - Perishable fruits and vegetables.<br />
Particular measures must be considered when packing these products and when stowing<br />
them on board an aircraft with other generic cargo to prevent the parcels from being crushed.<br />
(4) PES - Perishable fish and seafood.<br />
(a) Fish shipments must always packed in special containers and handled as "wet cargo";<br />
(b) Any dry ice used for cooling the shipment must be packed and sealed inside the package;<br />
n) VAL Valuable cargo<br />
The safety measures that are adopted in the Cargo Warehouse, during aircraft loa<strong>di</strong>ng and<br />
unloa<strong>di</strong>ng and during the customs clearance <strong>procedure</strong>s depend mainly on the national<br />
regulations and the restrictions imposed by the airport authorities. Special loads include cargo<br />
that due to its particular nature reaches a high commercial value with regard to its weight/volume<br />
ratio. These include<br />
(1) gold bars, gold coins, gold in various forms;<br />
(2) platinum and platinum metal (palla<strong>di</strong>um, iri<strong>di</strong>um, ruthenium, osmium and rho<strong>di</strong>um) and<br />
various forms of platinum alloys;<br />
(3) <strong>di</strong>amonds (inclu<strong>di</strong>ng those for industrial use) rubies, sapphires, emeralds, natural pearls<br />
(inclu<strong>di</strong>ng cultivated pearls) and jewellery made up of these precious stones;<br />
(4) legal currency, checks, stocks, bonds, coupons, postage stamps;<br />
(5) in general, every article that has a declared value greater than or equal to $1,000 (or<br />
equivalent) per gross kilogram.<br />
It is important to check that upon embarkation/<strong>di</strong>sembarkation, the packing was done in a<br />
manner that can prevent tampering and does not show signs of damage. The parcels are kept in<br />
the Warehouse in a safe or, if they are too large, in a controlled area in the Temporary Custody<br />
customs area.<br />
IATA, AHM 331, Handling and protection of valuable cargo.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 145 of 165<br />
o) WET Wet cargo<br />
“Wet cargo” refers to shipments of cargo containing liquids or shipments that due to their<br />
nature could produce liquids that are not included among the restrictions foreseen by the IATA<br />
- Dangerous Goods Regulations.<br />
The following must be considered “wet cargo" shipments:<br />
(1) shipments of liquids packaged in specific containers;<br />
(2) shipments of liquid or moist materials that are not packaged in specific containers<br />
(shipments of fish packed with dry ice, fresh meat etc);<br />
(3) cargo that could produce liquids (live animals).<br />
Cargo that has these characteristics must be packaged accounting for its particular nature<br />
and the con<strong>di</strong>tions of transport that could arise during air travel. The sender is responsible for<br />
complying with the <strong>standard</strong>s foreseen by IATA - Dangerous Goods Regulation with regard to<br />
the packing and IATA - Live Animal Regulation for the transport of live animals.<br />
Customs inspection of departing cargo<br />
If a customs inspection is requested for the departing cargo by the competent<br />
authorities, the following <strong>operative</strong> provisions must be observed and guaranteed:<br />
(1) imme<strong>di</strong>ate support to the Customs Inspector;<br />
(2) repackaging the opened parcel or parcels when the customs inspection is<br />
complete;<br />
(3) in the case of parcels/shipments containing cargo defined as "desirable" (ex.<br />
valuable cargo and weapons), the parcels to be checked are stored in a security area<br />
in the presence of a Cargo Office employee until the check has been completed and<br />
the parcels have been reclosed;<br />
(4) parcels containing weapons and ammunition are tied up crosswise with string<br />
and lead sealed using a customs sealing device;<br />
(5) for each customs inspection, the specific debit coupon for the forwarder is<br />
filled out.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 146 of 165<br />
2.4.3-Transfer cargo<br />
As of today, <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.a. represents the airport of origin or destination for<br />
all shipments handled within its areas.<br />
2.4.4- Import Cargo<br />
2.3.2.10 Tasks and responsibilities of the Cargo Area<br />
The following services are provided for the Carriers with regard to cargo arriving at the<br />
airport:<br />
(1) Documentation<br />
(a) <strong>di</strong>vision of the cargo and/or mail documentation for the arriving flight/truck<br />
(i) for customs and the financial police (cargo manifests);<br />
(ii) for filing in the Cargo Area Archive;<br />
(iii) for the Carrier;<br />
(iv) for invoicing;<br />
(v) for the Warehouse;<br />
(vi) if necessary, for customs authorisation for unloa<strong>di</strong>ng the arriving vehicles<br />
(2) Cargo Warehouse<br />
(a) handling and delivery of the arriving cargo;<br />
(b) handling and delivery of the arriving mail;<br />
(c) <strong>di</strong>vision of the AWB in sub-bills, if requested by the forwarder of reference;<br />
(3) Cargo Office<br />
(a) entering the flight cargo data (parcels and weight) in the airport’s DCS system,<br />
accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the times agreed upon for the correct <strong>di</strong>stribution of weight on the flight<br />
Loadsheet:<br />
(b) entering the flight cargo data in the AS-400 system, which is required for invoicing the<br />
services and collecting the fees:<br />
(i) all data necessary for correctly managing the customs <strong>operations</strong>;<br />
(ii) data related to customs inspections of warehouse stock;<br />
(iii) data for managing the T.C. customs warehouses and the community/national<br />
warehouse;<br />
(c) downloa<strong>di</strong>ng the payment notes and Cargo Release Vouchers from the<br />
information system, which are to be issued and delivered to the forwarders;<br />
(d) checking off the cargo manifest, following the instructions requested by and the<br />
times agreed upon with each in<strong>di</strong>vidual Carrier;<br />
(4) Cargo Archive<br />
(5) Particular support <strong>procedure</strong>s for departing cargo, inclu<strong>di</strong>ng:<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 147 of 165<br />
support in the Warehouse to the Customer Inspector during customs inspections, if<br />
requested.<br />
2.3.2.11 Handling and management of import cargo via ground<br />
Activities regar<strong>di</strong>ng support provided for arriving cargo are detailed in the following<br />
process<br />
(1) with regard to unloa<strong>di</strong>ng vehicles bulk cargo and/or cargo contained in ULD, it is<br />
unloaded after customs authorisation under the supervision of the Financial Police.<br />
2.3.2.12 Controlling the import cargo with the Air Waybill and cargo manifest<br />
The cargo arriving at the airport on aircraft is checked off accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the following<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>:<br />
(1) the cargo is checked off with a physical check between the parcels and the<br />
documentation in order to point out anomalies and inconsistencies such as<br />
(a) shortages<br />
(b) excesses<br />
(c) damage<br />
(d) unpacked<br />
(e) greasy parcels/cargo<br />
(f) wet parcels/cargo<br />
(g) packing tape on the parcels is not the original tape;<br />
(h) <strong>di</strong>fference in weight between the actual weight and the manifest<br />
(2) all parcels with an anomaly must always be weighed and, if unpacked, be reclosed<br />
before being placed in the cargo warehouse;<br />
(3) sub<strong>di</strong>vision of the consolidated shipment, separating the parcels accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the subbill<br />
(if requested by the forwarder of reference)<br />
(4) positioning the parcels in the warehouses accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the final shipping number in one<br />
of the following areas accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the cargo origin<br />
(a) domestic and/or community (EU) shipments;<br />
(b) Temporary Custody for cargo originating from extra-EU countries that must be customs<br />
cleared prior to delivery;<br />
(c) area for veterinary checks, subject in any case to customs checks;<br />
(b) 5561/V, for abandoned cargo or in A4;<br />
In the case of the arrival and handling of cargo parcels defined as "desirable" and/or special<br />
cargo (live animals, perishable cargo, etc.), qualified personnel must always be present.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 148 of 165<br />
2.3.2.13 Customs inspection of arriving cargo<br />
If a customs inspection is requested for incoming cargo by competent customs or public<br />
health authorities or other government authorities or by the Forwarder, the following <strong>operative</strong><br />
provisions must be observed and guaranteed:<br />
(1) make the Warehouse employees available to Customs and/or the other aforecited<br />
agencies;<br />
(2) identify the shipment with the tag number;<br />
(3) open the in<strong>di</strong>cated parcel;<br />
(4) close the inspected parcel with tape or other requested material imme<strong>di</strong>ately after the<br />
check in the presence of the Inspector or Forwarder;<br />
(5) fill out the specific debit coupon, in<strong>di</strong>cating the shipment number and number of open<br />
parcels;<br />
(6) deliver the coupons to Cargo Office personnel.<br />
If parcels containing weapons, valuable goods and/or cargo defined as “desirable” are<br />
checked/inspected, the constant presence of a Cargo Office Employee is required until the<br />
parcel has been reclosed accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the above specified <strong>procedure</strong>. With regard to weapons<br />
and ammunition, the parcels are lead sealed using a customs sealing device.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 149 of 165<br />
Annexes<br />
Annex A – Procedure in the case of <strong>di</strong>versions from other airports<br />
Annex B – Stand management<br />
Annex C – Agreement AGS-ENAV L. 265<br />
Annex D - Engine test<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 150 of 165<br />
3 Annex A<br />
PROCEDURE IN THE CASE OF DIVERSIONS FROM OTHER AIRPORTS<br />
As soon as the l’Ente <strong>di</strong> Controllo del Traffico Aereo (Air Traffic Control Agency) for the<br />
Genova Sestri airport (APP or TWR) is informed by telephone of aircraft that have been <strong>di</strong>verted<br />
from other airports, it will inform the <strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.A Airport Service Manager<br />
(CSS) either <strong>di</strong>rectly or through the ARO Office.<br />
The Air Traffic Control Agency for the Genova Sestri airport (APP or TWR), in compliance with<br />
what is regulated in that respect in A.I.P. ITALIA (part AD 2-21.3.5, item 20), will imme<strong>di</strong>ately<br />
start to accept the <strong>di</strong>verted flights, in compliance with the maximum number and the time limits<br />
specified therein.<br />
In ad<strong>di</strong>tion to imme<strong>di</strong>ately activating the subor<strong>di</strong>nate structures, the CSS will also inform the<br />
Terminal and Movement Area Post Holder, who is on-site or available, the State Police, Customs<br />
and Financial Police airport offices for any subsequent actions or legal requirements.<br />
If the flow of <strong>di</strong>verted flights will last for a period of time that exceeds what is specified in A.I.P.<br />
ITALIA (90 minutes with 6 accepted <strong>di</strong>verted flights), CSS, with regard to:<br />
- the number of stands occupied at the moment;<br />
- the need to keep stands free for the scheduled flights normally operating at the Genova<br />
Sestri airport;<br />
- the situation in the passenger terminal, with particular consideration for any problems<br />
that have arisen with excessive crow<strong>di</strong>ng or <strong>di</strong>fficulties in handling the flow of<br />
passengers,<br />
will access the overall situation and, if considered necessary, will issue a NOTAM regar<strong>di</strong>ng a<br />
restriction on <strong>di</strong>verted flights arriving at the Genova Sestri airport.<br />
This measure must be announced in advance, with reasonable notice, by telephone using the<br />
appropriate number to the Air Traffic Control Agency for the Genova Sestri airport (APP or<br />
TWR), in order for it to be implemented imme<strong>di</strong>ately.<br />
If, in spite of the measures adopted with the above specified NOTAM, the situation starts<br />
to become critical, CSS will update it, ad<strong>di</strong>tionally limiting the restriction or, if necessary,<br />
fully prohibiting <strong>di</strong>verted flights in arrival from lan<strong>di</strong>ng. This last measure must be adopted<br />
with a suitable amount of advance notice in order to permit the involved Air Traffic Control<br />
Agencies and pilots to suitably plan their actions.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 151 of 165<br />
Annex B<br />
STAND MANAGEMENT<br />
• The Airport Service Manager, 24 hours prior to flight departure, will provide UCV<br />
with the overall schedule of movements inclu<strong>di</strong>ng their foreseen stand;<br />
• using the ad hoc available resources, UCV will assign the stands with priority accor<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
to what is specified in the “secondary use” table, as it permits aircraft self-parking as<br />
well as self-manoeuvring;<br />
• upon completion of the “secondary use”, UCV will assign the stands accor<strong>di</strong>ng to what is<br />
specified in the “primary use” table. In this case, the aircraft must block-off from the<br />
stand only with the help of the push-back vehicle;<br />
• In the case of “primary use”, UCV will try to re-establish, if possible, the optimal<br />
“secondary use” situation;<br />
• UCV informs the Head Inspector of the stand assigned to an arriving/departing aircraft<br />
so that the foreseen marshalling and passenger and baggage <strong>di</strong>sembarkation/embarkation<br />
<strong>operations</strong> can be executed;<br />
• when assigning the stands, UCV will give priority, if possible, to stands with loa<strong>di</strong>ngbridge<br />
and those that permit <strong>di</strong>sembarkation on foot;<br />
• if a flight is delayed, UCV will make the proper changes to the pre-arranged stands,<br />
informing the TWR and the involved staff accor<strong>di</strong>ng to their responsibilities as soon as<br />
possible;<br />
• In the case of exceptional events concerning “General Aviation”, the Airport Service<br />
Manager will assess the situation, identify specific deregulated areas in the Apron,<br />
informing UCV-Enav/D.A. and requests ENAV to issue the specific Notam.<br />
(b) Standard method for assigning stand priority (secondary use): *<br />
• Stands 311 and 310<br />
• Stands 112 – 110 – 109 – 106 – 105 – 102<br />
• Stands 203 – 206 – 208<br />
• Stands 209 – 213<br />
* If stand 103 must be used for A124, make sure that stands 102-107 are free.<br />
c) Stands to be reserved: * *<br />
• Stand 308 – 309 (Canadair fire-fighting flights)<br />
• Stand 101 (helicopters without wheels)<br />
• Stand 202 (helicopters without wheels – Piaggio engine test)<br />
• Stand 210 (Piaggio aircraft gyrocompass )<br />
* If needed (<strong>di</strong>versions/peak traffic), the above stands, with the exclusion of Stand 308, can<br />
be assigned with restrictions to the specific above-specified traffic.<br />
4 Annex C<br />
5<br />
AGREEMENT BETWEEN AEROPORTO DI GENOVA S.p.A. and ENAV S.p.A. C.A.A.V.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 152 of 165<br />
Genova, finalised to ensure the orderly movement of aircraft, other vehicles and<br />
personnel on the aircraft apron.<br />
1. Introduction<br />
AEROPORTO DI GENOVA S.p.A and Ente Nazionale <strong>di</strong> Assistenza al Volo S.p.A. - C.A.A.V.<br />
of GENOA, in order to regulate the above specified activities, have agreed to negotiate an<br />
<strong>operative</strong> <strong>procedure</strong>, which is currently experimental and subject to change, that must be<br />
subsequently added in its final version to the Airport Regulations of the Genova Sestri airport,<br />
which is approved by the Ente Nazionale per l’Aviazione Civile (National Civil Aviation<br />
Agency)– Direzione Aeroportuale <strong>di</strong> Genova (Genoa Airport Management).<br />
2. DATE OF APPLICATION<br />
This <strong>procedure</strong> will come into force at 00.01 lt on 18 April, 2006.<br />
3. GLOSSARY<br />
ENAC<br />
DA<br />
ENAV<br />
CAAV<br />
TWR<br />
AGS<br />
UCV<br />
APRON<br />
STAND<br />
LINK<br />
APRON TAXI LINE<br />
AIP ITALIA<br />
FOLLOW ME<br />
National Civil Aviation Agency<br />
Genoa Airport Management (ENAC)<br />
National Flight Assistance Agency<br />
Airport Flight Assistance Centre (ENAV)<br />
Control Tower (ENAV)<br />
<strong>Aeroporto</strong> <strong>di</strong> Genova S.p.A.<br />
Flight Coor<strong>di</strong>nation Office (AGS)<br />
Aircraft waiting area<br />
Aircraft parking area<br />
Border points between the manoeuvring area and the<br />
APRON<br />
Taxi lines on the APRON<br />
Aeronautic Information Publication<br />
A vehicle used to guide aircraft<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 153 of 165<br />
MANOEUVRING AREA Part of the airport used by aircraft for<br />
take-off, lan<strong>di</strong>ng and taxiing, with the exclusion of the<br />
aprons<br />
WING SPAN<br />
READY<br />
BLOCK ON<br />
MARSHALLER<br />
DOCKING CHART<br />
SLOT<br />
Distance measured between the aircraft wings<br />
Aircraft ready for departure<br />
Complete stop of the aircraft at the stand<br />
Aircraft parking attendant (AGS)<br />
Aircraft parking chart in AIP ITALIA<br />
New aircraft departure time<br />
4. AREA OF APPLICATION<br />
ENAV/CAAV, for the relevant aspects pursuant to art. 691 bis of the Navigation Code, regulates<br />
and controls the movement of aircraft, other vehicles and personnel in the manoeuvre area and<br />
guarantees orderly aircraft movement on the Apron.<br />
AGS, for the relevant aspects pursuant to art. 705 of the Navigation Code, assigns and<br />
communicates the STANDS, through the TWR, to the aircraft and guarantees the orderly<br />
movement of other vehicles and personnel on the APRON so they do not interfere with aircraft<br />
movement activities.<br />
5. GENERAL INFORMATION<br />
• The orders issued by the D.A. of Genoa regar<strong>di</strong>ng the circulation of vehicles in the<br />
movement area shall be expressly referred to for everything that is correlated to this<br />
<strong>procedure</strong>.<br />
• The Docking Chart defined in AIP ITALIA and referred to in this agreement is<br />
considered an integral part of it.<br />
• The aircraft are identified with the name in<strong>di</strong>cated on the flight plan.<br />
• During the delay in implementing ad<strong>di</strong>tional automated data transmission systems for the<br />
communications between the TWR and UCV relevant to this <strong>procedure</strong>, the following<br />
will be used:<br />
- AOIS monitors (located in the respective offices) for communicating the arrival<br />
sequences and take-off and lan<strong>di</strong>ng timetables;<br />
- a <strong>di</strong>rect, recor<strong>di</strong>ng capable point to point telephone with the ENAV/CAAV systems.<br />
In contingent situations (failures, and if necessary only for ready and block-on<br />
communications ), the registered ra<strong>di</strong>o frequency UHF 445.775 MHz can be used.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 154 of 165<br />
• TWR may always authorise aircraft movement on the APRON without prior coor<strong>di</strong>nation<br />
with AGS, as AGS itself will always comply with what is foreseen in paragraph 4.<br />
Otherwise AGS will request the TWR, before the con<strong>di</strong>tion expires, to not authorise the<br />
aircraft movement on the paths in question. Similarly, once AGS has returned to normal<br />
<strong>operations</strong>, it will inform the TWR.<br />
• In the foreseen cases, AGS guarantees the follow-me services with suitable vehicles and<br />
its own specifically trained personnel. While in operation, the follow-me vehicle will<br />
always be in ra<strong>di</strong>o contact with the TWR on the frequency 445.775Mhz.<br />
• All aircraft that have been assigned a stand do not require the services of the follow-me<br />
vehicle, unless it has been specifically requested by the Pilot.<br />
• All helicopters that are not based at the airport and the aircraft that have not been<br />
assigned a stand are instructed by the TWR to stop at Links L1-L2-L3 and to contact<br />
UCV on the airport frequency VHF 136.825 for the subsequent follow-me service.<br />
• All General Aviation aircraft based at the C. Colombo airport belonging to the FIRE<br />
DEPARTMENT-FINANCIAL POLICE-SKYBRIDGE (see list)-SIRIO SPA-<br />
AEROCLUB GENOVA (see list)-AIRCRAFT arriving to or departing from the<br />
PIAGGIO Area - AIRCRAFT arriving to or departing from the CGA Area - SOREM<br />
AIRCRAFT (Canadair)- AIRCRAFT involved in fire fighting activities, must be<br />
considered as having an assigned stand and therefore with Self-Parking and Self<br />
Manoeuvring and as a result do not require the follow-me service, as they park in<br />
concession areas. AGS will request the updated list of the related aircraft from the<br />
agencies and transmit it to CAAV.<br />
• In order to optimise the use of the APRON, AGS may decide, in the case of exceptional<br />
need and restricted traffic situations, and subject to informing the TWR via fax/telephone<br />
and the D.A. via fax, to park the aircraft in a position other than those specified in AIP,<br />
with the help of the follow-me vehicle/Marshaller. In this case AGS will always<br />
guarantee that the minimum safety <strong>di</strong>stances are observed:<br />
1. between parked aircraft and those in transit on the adjacent Apron Taxi-Lane;<br />
2. from any adjacent structures;<br />
3. from vehicles transiting on the perimeter road.<br />
When exiting, the aircraft are accompanied by the follow-me vehicle to the adjacent<br />
Apron Taxi-Lane.<br />
• It is mandatory for all airport vehicle operators to circulate on the roads reserved for<br />
service vehicles in<strong>di</strong>cated in AIP AD 2.21.7, to adhere strictly to the foreseen speed<br />
limits, to stop at the stops in<strong>di</strong>cated along the path and to proceed with maximum care,<br />
always giving the right of way to all aircraft, even if towed or following a follow-me<br />
vehicle, entering or exiting the manoeuvring area, the apron or the stands.<br />
Operators of airport vehicles that are driving on the service road reserved only for<br />
vehicles with a height above 3.00 metres must pay particular attention in giving the right<br />
of way to aircraft.<br />
• All aircraft, also those being towed, which must use the Apron Taxi-Lanes (N-M-P),<br />
must always request previous authorisation from the TWR.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 155 of 165<br />
6. IDENTIFICATION OF AREAS, PATHS AND REFERENCE POINTS AIP<br />
AD 2-21.7<br />
6.1 Apron and manoeuvring area delimitation<br />
The Links L1, L2, L3, located on intersections AE (L1), AF (L2) and G (L3) where they<br />
intersect the Apron and marked on the ground in yellow, delimit the borders between the<br />
Manoeuvring Area and the Apron Area.<br />
6.2 Aircraft parking areas (Stands)<br />
Without preju<strong>di</strong>ce to the fact that the apron signs have been approved by ENAC with a letter<br />
dated 27 July 2005, protocol no. 0012504/UTA in order to guarantee orderly aircraft movement<br />
on the APRON, four sectors have been identified for aircraft parking, also published in AIP Italia<br />
AGA 2-21.7:<br />
- sector 1: includes stands from 101 to 112;<br />
- sector 2: includes stands from 201 to 213;<br />
- sector 3: includes stands from 301 to 309;<br />
- sector 4: includes stands from 401 to 406;<br />
Stands 302-303-401-402-403 are served by loa<strong>di</strong>ng bridges and the block-off is done with the<br />
help of the push-back operation.<br />
Stand 406 is normally used by Government Agencies, which enter and exit with a selfmanoeuvring<br />
operation, up to aircraft class A319.<br />
All of the above specified stands are reached using a self-parking operation.<br />
6.3 Service vehicle road network<br />
The part of the internal airport roads, with white markings, that surrounds the Apron has twoway<br />
traffic. It consists of a ring that follows the perimeter of the apron and is used to reach all<br />
the stands, and of a second ring that is used to serve the zone adjacent to the terminal, with a<br />
carriageway along the tails of the aircraft that is reserved only to vehicles with a height that<br />
exceeds 3 metres (as specified in AIP AD 2-21.7), which always interfere with the movement of<br />
the aircraft to and from stands 301-302-303-401-402-403-404-405-406.<br />
In compliance with what has been set forth by the Airport Construction and Operation<br />
Regulations, all road intersections with the Apron Taxi-Lanes are identified with black/white<br />
chequered markings, stop lines and relative markings in<strong>di</strong>cating the obligation to stop due to the<br />
possible intersection with aircraft. These markings are located at a <strong>di</strong>stance from the Apron Taxi-<br />
Lanes that can guarantee the safe separation between vehicles and aircraft.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 156 of 165<br />
The crossing of the Apron Taxi-Lanes N, M and P, is also in<strong>di</strong>cated with luminous red nighttime<br />
signals;<br />
There is an “ABSOLUTE PROHIBITION” to operate any airport vehicle outside of the<br />
aforesaid paths, with the exception of:<br />
- the follow-me vehicle when provi<strong>di</strong>ng support to aircraft;<br />
- vehicles carrying out maintenance and inspecting the Apron Taxi Lanes, subject to<br />
informing the TWR.<br />
6.4 Aircraft guides on the APRON TAXI-LANES and their characteristics<br />
The aircraft guides located on the Apron Taxi-Lanes (N-M-P) are marked on the pavement with<br />
a continuous yellow line.<br />
The interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng points N1-M1-M2-M3 on Apron Taxi-Lanes N-M are marked on the<br />
ground with a broken yellow line.<br />
Considering that the main entrance to the apron area is the intersection “AE”, the main travelling<br />
<strong>di</strong>rection is Apron Taxi-Lane “N”, that leads from the intersection “AE” to the aircraft<br />
maintenance area, to the area north of the Apron and to the Apron Taxi-Lane “M”, which<br />
connects to the intersection “AF” (via Apron Taxi-Lane “P”) and intersection “G”.<br />
When travelling down Apron Taxi-Lane “N” starting from intersection “AE”, there is a deviation<br />
to the left that leads to other helicopter parking positions H1/H2 reserved for the Fire Department<br />
and further on it leads to the first aircraft stand (101); all stands in sector 1, starting with 101 up<br />
to 112, are located along the Taxi-Lane “N”. Similarly, to the right of “N”, there is the first stand<br />
(201) that identifies sector 2. Further on, beyond the Apron Taxi-Lane “M”, to the right, there is<br />
a stand (301) that identifies sector 3, and continuing along Taxi-Lane “N”, there are the relative<br />
stands from 301 to 309. To the left, near stand 305, there is a deviation that leads to the<br />
helicopter parking position H3, which is reserved for the Financial Police and then to the<br />
deviation used to access the General Aviation refuelling area. Continuing still on Apron Taxi-<br />
Lane “N”, to the left, there are General Aviation aircraft parking areas (SkyBridge-Piaggio-<br />
CGA-Aeroclub) and on the right there is an area used for parking by General Aviation in front of<br />
the hotel structure.<br />
Accessing the aprons from intersection “AE”, via Apron Taxi-Lane “N”, to the right there is an<br />
intersection with Apron Taxi-Lane “M”, along which, toward the East, first there is stand 202 to<br />
the right, which in<strong>di</strong>cates the start of sector 2. After stand 208, it intersects with Apron Taxi-<br />
Lane “P”, which leads to Link L2. After the intersection with Apron Taxi-Lane P, continuing to<br />
the EAST, stands 209 to 213 will be located to the right. Continuing down Apron Taxi-Lane M,<br />
in the same West-East <strong>di</strong>rection, on the left first there will be stand 401, which in<strong>di</strong>cates the start<br />
of sector 4 and continuing, there will be the other stands up to 406.<br />
The parking areas reserved to the Fire Department-Financial Police-SkyBridge-Piaggio-C.G.A.-<br />
Aeroclub, area concession areas.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 157 of 165<br />
6.5 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “N”<br />
- in section 101-103 by aircraft up to class ICAO “F” (wing span less than or equal to 72.84 m);<br />
- in section 103-302 by aircraft up to class ICAO “E” (wing span less than 65 m);<br />
- in section 302-112 and to the end by aircraft up to class ICAO “C” (wing span less than 36 m);<br />
6.6 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “M”<br />
- in section 202-208 by aircraft up to class ICAO “E” (wing span less than 65 m);<br />
- in section 402-403 by aircraft up to class B767-300 (wing span less than or equal to 47.57 m);<br />
- - in section 403 up to TWY “GOLF” by aircraft up to class ICAO “C” (wing span less than<br />
36 m);<br />
6.7 Use of APRON TAXI-LANE “P”<br />
Usable by aircraft up to class ICAO “E” (wing span less than 65 m);<br />
All in<strong>di</strong>cations of max wing span are signalled on the Apron Taxi-Lanes with yellow horizontal<br />
signs.<br />
6.8 Using TAXI-WAYS AE, AF, G<br />
The TWY “AE” can be used by aircraft up to class ICAO “F” (wing span less than or equal to<br />
72.84 m);<br />
The TWY “AF” can be used by aircraft up to class ICAO E (wing span less than 65 m);<br />
The TWY “G” can be used by aircraft up to class ICAO C (wing span less than 36 m);<br />
- TWY AE/AF/G<br />
6.9 Entering the apron<br />
Aprons are accessed from TWY A to the flight runway and from the flight runway itself using<br />
the three TWY of which two (“AE” and “G”) are positioned at the end of the aprons and one is<br />
positioned centrally (“AF”).<br />
- TWY AE/AF/G<br />
6.10 Exiting the apron<br />
The access to the manoeuvre area is done through one of the three TWY listed above.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 158 of 165<br />
7. OPERATIVE PROCEDURES<br />
7.1 Procedure for arriving aircraft<br />
• Accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the methods specified in point 5, the TWR will provide UCV with the<br />
aircraft sequence inclu<strong>di</strong>ng the estimated lan<strong>di</strong>ng time (UTC) and any revision.<br />
• Always accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the methods specified in point 5, UCV informs the TWR of the<br />
stand assigned to each aircraft and any variations, subject to a check that the stand is free<br />
of people and vehicles.<br />
• The arriving aircraft, with the exception of General Aviation aircraft based at the airport,<br />
just after it left the runway across one of the intersections, must be informed by the TWR<br />
of its assigned stand and the methods for reaching it.<br />
• For aircraft with a special status (state-ambulance-humanitarian and other similar flights)<br />
for which the stand was not communicated, as well as for aircraft without a flight plan,<br />
the TWR will contact UCV by phone in order to obtain the stand or the use of the followme<br />
vehicle.<br />
• Once the aircraft reaches the stand, AGS informs the TWR of the “block-on” status, both<br />
for aircraft with an assigned stand as well as for those who do not, as this is an essential<br />
requirement for permitting other aircraft to transit on the APRON-TAXI-LANE that<br />
serves the same stand.<br />
• The Block-on <strong>procedure</strong> is not applicable to the aircraft based at the airport (Fire<br />
Department – Financial Police - SkyBridge – Sirio - Piaggio - C.G.A - Aeroclub), those<br />
with the destination of a concession area and to Sorem, which must in any case inform<br />
the TWR to have left the Apron Taxi-Lane and to have reached their area/stand.<br />
• With the exception of marshalling activities, after AGS has objectively observed that the<br />
aircraft has reached the stand, turned off its engines and was blocked with the chocks, it<br />
may start its ground support <strong>operations</strong>.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 159 of 165<br />
7.2 Procedure for departing aircraft<br />
• AGS transmits the following information to the TWR, both for aircraft with an assigned<br />
stand as well as for those who do not, with a unique communication for each in<strong>di</strong>vidual<br />
aircraft:<br />
a) stand where the aircraft parks and name of the flight;<br />
b) stand free from people and vehicles;<br />
c) tractor attached to the aircraft if push-back is required;<br />
d) aircraft doors closed;<br />
e) aircraft ready to move.<br />
• The satisfaction of con<strong>di</strong>tions a/b/c/d/e must be reported by AGS to the TWR using the<br />
term “READY”. With the same communication, AGS also in<strong>di</strong>cates the block-off<br />
method, specifying if a push-back or self-manoeuvring operation will be performed, also<br />
communicating the methods of releasing the aircraft in the interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng positions<br />
(N1-M1-M2-M3).<br />
Example (TWR from ramp Aza 1391 stand 403, Ready in Push-back, M2)<br />
• The “Ready” con<strong>di</strong>tion is an essential requirement so that the TWR can authorise the<br />
aircraft to start and move from the stand<br />
• If the TWR receives a request for authorisation to start and taxi from an aircraft without<br />
having received a “READY” communication from AGS, it will instruct the Pilot to call<br />
UCV on the airport frequency VHF 136.825 to send AGS personnel/vehicles under the<br />
aircraft.<br />
• For aircraft with a special status (state-ambulance-humanitarian and similar flights),<br />
authorisation may be given to start even if the ready message has not been received,<br />
which must be obtained in any case before provi<strong>di</strong>ng authorisation for taxiing.<br />
• After the TWR has received the flight “Ready” communication, it will authorise the<br />
aircraft to taxi, proving instructions about the method for entering the manoeuvring area.<br />
• AGS must take the slots assigned to departing aircraft into proper consideration.<br />
• All aircraft parked in a position other than the stands specified in AIP will be<br />
accompanied by the follow-me vehicle to the opposite Apron Taxi-Lane.<br />
• The “Ready” <strong>procedure</strong> is not applicable to aircraft based at the airport (Fire Department<br />
– Financial Police –SkyBridge –Piaggio – Sirio - C.G.A - Aeroclub), when exiting the<br />
concession areas and to Sorem, which must in any case always request the TWR for<br />
authorisation to leave the stand before using the opposite Apron Taxi-Lane.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 160 of 165<br />
8. STAND COMPATIBILITY AND PUSH-BACK OPERATIONS<br />
All push-back <strong>operations</strong> interfere with the adjacent Apron Taxi-Lanes. The manoeuvre is<br />
completed with the release of the aircraft, on the Apron Taxi-Lane, in the interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng<br />
positions (N1-M1-M2-M3).<br />
8.1 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position N1<br />
Aircraft are positioned on the interme<strong>di</strong>ate N1 position that are performing a push-back<br />
manoeuvre from stands: 201 and 204; from 101 to 112; from 302 to 309.<br />
8.2 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position M1 – M2<br />
Aircraft are positioned on the interme<strong>di</strong>ate M1 and M2 positions that are performing a<br />
push-back manoeuvre from stands: 301 and 401; from 201 to 208, with the exclusion of 201<br />
and 204.<br />
8.3 Interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position M3<br />
Aircraft are positioned on the interme<strong>di</strong>ate M3 position that are performing a push-back<br />
manoeuvre from stands: from 402 to 406; from 209 to 213.<br />
The push-back manoeuvre for B767 aircraft parked at stand 403 can be performed by towing the<br />
aircraft to the interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position M3, as well as to M2 or M1.<br />
The push-back manoeuvre for B747 aircraft parked at stand 302 can be performed by towing the<br />
aircraft to the interme<strong>di</strong>ate hol<strong>di</strong>ng position N1, as well as to M1 or M2.<br />
TWR informs the aircraft of the methods for reaching the exit intersection using the Apron Taxi-<br />
Lanes.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 161 of 165<br />
9. PROCEDURE FOR HELICOPTERS<br />
9.1 Upon arrival<br />
All helicopters, with the exception of those based at the airport (Fire Department – Financial<br />
Police) arriving in the concession areas, are always instructed by TWR, independently of the<br />
lan<strong>di</strong>ng <strong>di</strong>rection, to stop:<br />
- at LINKS L1-L2-L3, for those with a rotor with a <strong>di</strong>ameter below 14 m.;<br />
- at LINK L1 for those with a rotor with a <strong>di</strong>ameter greater than or equal to 14 m.<br />
All helicopters not based at the airport must contact UCV on the airport frequency VHF 136.825<br />
for the subsequent follow-me parking support, following the same <strong>procedure</strong>s specified in point<br />
7.1.<br />
9.2 Upon departure<br />
All helicopters, except for those based at the airport (Fire Department – Financial Police) exiting<br />
the concession areas must be accompanied by the follow-me, in contact with TWR on frequency<br />
445.775 Mhz, up to the exit LINK from the apron, following the same <strong>procedure</strong>s specified in<br />
point 7.2.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 162 of 165<br />
10. ENGINE TEST PROCEDURE<br />
This <strong>procedure</strong> regulates the activities performed by AGS to permit the execution of the<br />
aircraft engine test, if needed, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the maintenance <strong>procedure</strong>s approved for the<br />
specific aircraft type. This <strong>procedure</strong> does not include general aviation aircraft based at<br />
the airport (Piaggio, CGA, Aeroclub, etc.), for which what is specified in point 10 of<br />
Annex 1 - Procedure 130 applies.<br />
AGS points out that there is no <strong>operative</strong> area on the apron that is reserved for engine tests. On<br />
an exceptional and temporary basis, the engine test only for Piaggio S.p.A. aircraft of type P166<br />
and P180 can be carried out only under the following con<strong>di</strong>tions and with the following actions:<br />
1 prior request to UCV for the assignment of an apron where the engine test can be<br />
performed;<br />
2 ra<strong>di</strong>o contact with the TWR to request authorisation to taxi to the apron;<br />
3 positioning of the engine flow towards the sea;<br />
4 communication to the TWR that the correct position was reached.<br />
Once these con<strong>di</strong>tions have been satisfied, the APRON-Taxi-Lane may be used safely by other<br />
aircraft.<br />
Piaggio aircraft move on the Apron Taxi-Lanes without the help of the follow-me vehicle.<br />
11. GYROCOMPASS PROCEDURE<br />
AGS points out that an apron gyrocompass is <strong>operative</strong> on the apron, located between stands 211<br />
and 212, and which is reserved only for Piaggio S.p.A. aircraft, type P166 and P180.<br />
The gyrocompass <strong>operations</strong> can only be carried out under the following con<strong>di</strong>tions and with the<br />
following actions:<br />
1. prior request to UCV for the authorisation to use the apron;<br />
2. request to the TWR for authorisation to taxi to the apron;<br />
3. communication to the TWR that the correct position was reached.<br />
These con<strong>di</strong>tions are necessary so that the section opposite to Taxi-Lane “M” can be used by<br />
other aircraft.<br />
Piaggio aircraft move on the Apron Taxi-Lanes without the help of the follow-me vehicle.<br />
The use of the gyrocompass apron prevents the use of stands 210 and 211.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 163 of 165<br />
Annex D<br />
ENGINE TEST<br />
This <strong>procedure</strong> regulates the activities performed by AGS to permit the execution of the<br />
aircraft engine test, if needed, accor<strong>di</strong>ng to the maintenance <strong>procedure</strong>s approved for the<br />
specific aircraft type. This <strong>procedure</strong> does not include general aviation aircraft based at<br />
the airport (Piaggio, CGA, Aeroclub, etc.), to which what is specified in point 10 of<br />
Annex 1 - Procedure 130 applies.<br />
RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS<br />
ENGINE TEST FOR AIRCRAFT UP TO CLASS D ICAO INCLUDED<br />
N<br />
RESPONSIB<br />
PHASE<br />
o.<br />
LE PARTY<br />
1 Engine test request Captain and/or<br />
CNA<br />
ACTION<br />
INFORMS UCV of the need to<br />
perform an engine test,<br />
communicating the foreseen times.<br />
2 Planning<br />
Engine test<br />
3 Intersection<br />
closure<br />
UCV<br />
UCV<br />
AGREES with TWR on the times of<br />
using the section of the Alfa taxiway<br />
included between the Bravo and<br />
Charlie intersections, for towing and<br />
moving the aircraft and for carrying<br />
out the engine test.<br />
REQUESTS CSS to issue the<br />
specific NOTAM<br />
REQUESTS Maintenance, via ra<strong>di</strong>o<br />
on Channel 3, to close the Bravo and<br />
Charlie intersections and the Alfa<br />
taxiway with the specific ICAO<br />
<strong>standard</strong>-compliant signs (see Annex<br />
1).<br />
4 Aircraft transport UCV CONTACTS the ramp via ra<strong>di</strong>o for<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 164 of 165<br />
aircraft towing support from the<br />
stand to the engine test position,<br />
located on the Alfa taxiway in<br />
correspondence of the runway access<br />
hol<strong>di</strong>ng point (threshold 11).<br />
Responsible DOP<br />
personnel (ramp)<br />
CONTACTS the TWR on Channel 1<br />
(ra<strong>di</strong>o frequency 437.525 Mhz CTR<br />
1 ground), for authorisation to<br />
proceed with the aircraft tow,<br />
crossing the Alfa taxiway to the<br />
section included between the Charlie<br />
and Bravo intersections.<br />
REACHES the position, remaining<br />
in ra<strong>di</strong>o contact on Channel 1, and<br />
COMMUNICATES its position to<br />
the TWR.<br />
5 Engine test Responsible DTE<br />
personnel<br />
(Maintenance)<br />
Responsible DOP<br />
personnel (ramp)<br />
Captain/CNA<br />
TWR<br />
6 End of engine test Captain/CNA<br />
TWR<br />
PROCEEDS with closing the Bravo<br />
and Charlie intersections and the<br />
Alfa taxiway with the specific ICAO<br />
<strong>standard</strong>-compliant signs (see Annex<br />
1).<br />
POSITIONS the aircraft in the safety<br />
zone on the service road near the<br />
Fire Brigade and REMAINS in ra<strong>di</strong>o<br />
contact on Channel 1 (frequency<br />
437.525 Mhz).<br />
REQUESTS the TWR for<br />
authorisation to start the engine test<br />
<strong>operations</strong>.<br />
AUTHORISES the Captain to<br />
perform the engine test.<br />
INFORMS the TWR that the test is<br />
complete.<br />
INFORMS UCV that the test is<br />
complete.<br />
7 Aircraft return to<br />
the apron<br />
Preparation:<br />
UCV<br />
REQUESTS the responsible DTE<br />
personnel to remove the closure signs<br />
Authorisation:
Part 1 A<br />
Operative Procedure<br />
MA/OPER/MPO<br />
Revision 0<br />
Date: 12 January 2009<br />
Page 165 of 165<br />
and to confirm that they were<br />
removed to UCV.<br />
REQUESTS the ramp for aircraft<br />
towing support, in<strong>di</strong>cating the stand to<br />
which it must be taken.<br />
Responsible DOP<br />
personnel (ramp)<br />
UCV<br />
CSS<br />
COMMUNICATES to the TWR the<br />
intention to proceed with the removal<br />
of the aircraft and REQUESTS the<br />
TWR for authorisation to take the<br />
circulation paths that lead to the stand<br />
in<strong>di</strong>cated by UCV.<br />
INFORMS UCV that the aircraft was<br />
removed and that the area involved in<br />
the engine test has been left.<br />
REQUESTS CSS for the activation of<br />
Procedure 40 to inspect the section of<br />
the Alfa taxiway involved in the<br />
engine test.<br />
ACTIVATES Procedure 40 to check<br />
that the section of the Alfa taxiway<br />
involved in the engine test is free of<br />
people/vehicles/equipment and FOD<br />
8 Process conclusion UCV<br />
Terminal and<br />
Movement Area<br />
Post Holder<br />
FILLS OUT the engine test<br />
completion form (Annex 3) and<br />
TRANSMITS it to the Terminal and<br />
Movement Area Post Holder.<br />
CHECKS and SIGNS Annex 3.<br />
Preparation:<br />
Authorisation: